1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. 4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. 5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception 6 // 7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8 // 9 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 10 // 11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 12 13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 #include <unordered_map> 52 53 using namespace clang; 54 using namespace sema; 55 56 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 57 if (OwnedType) { 58 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 59 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 60 } 61 62 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 63 } 64 65 namespace { 66 67 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 68 public: 69 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 70 bool AllowTemplates = false, 71 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 72 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 73 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 74 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 75 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 76 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 77 } 78 79 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 80 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 81 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 82 return false; 83 84 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 85 return AllowTemplates; 86 87 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 88 if (!IsType) 89 return false; 90 91 if (AllowNonTemplates) 92 return true; 93 94 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 95 // as a template or as a non-template. 96 if (AllowTemplates) { 97 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 98 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 99 return false; 100 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 101 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 102 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 103 } 104 105 return false; 106 } 107 108 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 109 } 110 111 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 112 return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 113 } 114 115 private: 116 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 117 bool WantClassName; 118 bool AllowTemplates; 119 bool AllowNonTemplates; 120 }; 121 122 } // end anonymous namespace 123 124 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 125 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 126 switch (Kind) { 127 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 128 // token kind is a valid type specifier 129 case tok::kw_short: 130 case tok::kw_long: 131 case tok::kw___int64: 132 case tok::kw___int128: 133 case tok::kw_signed: 134 case tok::kw_unsigned: 135 case tok::kw_void: 136 case tok::kw_char: 137 case tok::kw_int: 138 case tok::kw_half: 139 case tok::kw_float: 140 case tok::kw_double: 141 case tok::kw___bf16: 142 case tok::kw__Float16: 143 case tok::kw___float128: 144 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 145 case tok::kw_bool: 146 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 147 case tok::kw___auto_type: 148 return true; 149 150 case tok::annot_typename: 151 case tok::kw_char16_t: 152 case tok::kw_char32_t: 153 case tok::kw_typeof: 154 case tok::annot_decltype: 155 case tok::kw_decltype: 156 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 157 158 case tok::kw_char8_t: 159 return getLangOpts().Char8; 160 161 default: 162 break; 163 } 164 165 return false; 166 } 167 168 namespace { 169 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 170 NotFound, 171 FoundNonType, 172 FoundType 173 }; 174 } // end anonymous namespace 175 176 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 177 /// dependent class. 178 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 179 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 180 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 181 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 182 SourceLocation NameLoc, 183 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 184 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 185 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 186 // Look for type decls in base classes. 187 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 188 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 189 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 190 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 191 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 192 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 193 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 194 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 195 // templates. 196 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 197 continue; 198 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 199 if (!TD) 200 continue; 201 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 202 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 203 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 204 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 205 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 206 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 207 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 208 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 209 BaseRD = PS; 210 } 211 } 212 } 213 if (BaseRD) { 214 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 215 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 216 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 217 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 218 } 219 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 220 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 221 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 222 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 223 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 224 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 225 break; 226 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 227 break; 228 } 229 } 230 } 231 } 232 233 return FoundTypeDecl; 234 } 235 236 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 237 const IdentifierInfo &II, 238 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 239 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 240 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 241 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 242 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 243 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 244 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 245 DC = DC->getParent()) { 246 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 247 // templates. 248 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 249 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 250 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 251 } 252 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 253 return nullptr; 254 255 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 256 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 257 // lookup during template instantiation. 258 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base) << &II; 259 260 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 261 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 262 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 263 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 264 265 CXXScopeSpec SS; 266 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 267 268 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 269 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 270 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 271 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 272 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 273 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 274 } 275 276 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 277 /// return the declaration of that type. 278 /// 279 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 280 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 281 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 282 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 283 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 284 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 285 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 286 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 287 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 288 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 289 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 290 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 291 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 292 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 293 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 294 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 295 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 296 297 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 298 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 299 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 300 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 301 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 302 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 303 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 304 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 305 306 if (!LookupCtx) { 307 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 308 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 309 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 310 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 311 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 312 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 313 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 314 // 315 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 316 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 317 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 318 return nullptr; 319 320 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 321 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 322 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 323 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 324 325 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 326 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 327 II, NameLoc); 328 return ParsedType::make(T); 329 } 330 331 return nullptr; 332 } 333 334 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 335 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 336 return nullptr; 337 } 338 339 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 340 // lookup for class-names. 341 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 342 LookupOrdinaryName; 343 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 344 if (LookupCtx) { 345 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 346 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 347 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 348 // nested-name-specifier. 349 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 350 351 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 352 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 353 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 354 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 355 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 356 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 357 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 358 LookupName(Result, S); 359 } 360 } else { 361 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 362 LookupName(Result, S); 363 364 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 365 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 366 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 367 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 368 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 369 return TypeInBase; 370 } 371 } 372 373 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 374 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 375 case LookupResult::NotFound: 376 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 377 if (CorrectedII) { 378 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName, 379 AllowDeducedTemplate); 380 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, 381 S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery); 382 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 383 TemplateTy Template; 384 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 385 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 386 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 387 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 388 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 389 if (SS && NNS) { 390 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 391 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 392 } 393 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 394 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 395 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 396 // is handled elsewhere). 397 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 398 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 399 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 400 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 401 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 402 IsCtorOrDtorName, 403 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 404 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 405 if (Ty) { 406 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 407 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 408 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 409 if (SS && NNS) 410 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 411 *CorrectedII = NewII; 412 return Ty; 413 } 414 } 415 } 416 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 417 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 418 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 419 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 420 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 421 return nullptr; 422 423 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 424 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 425 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 426 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 427 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 428 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 429 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 430 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 431 return nullptr; 432 } 433 434 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 435 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 436 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 437 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 438 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 439 if (!IIDecl || 440 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 441 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 442 IIDecl = *Res; 443 } 444 } 445 446 if (!IIDecl) { 447 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 448 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 449 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 450 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 451 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 452 // a type name. 453 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 454 return nullptr; 455 } 456 457 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 458 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 459 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 460 // perform the name lookup again. 461 break; 462 463 case LookupResult::Found: 464 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 465 break; 466 } 467 468 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 469 470 QualType T; 471 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 472 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 473 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 474 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 475 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 476 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 477 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 478 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 479 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 480 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 481 << &II << /*Type*/1; 482 483 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 484 485 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 486 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 487 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 488 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 489 if (!HasTrailingDot) 490 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 491 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 492 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 493 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 494 QualType(), false); 495 } 496 497 if (T.isNull()) { 498 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 499 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 500 return nullptr; 501 } 502 503 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 504 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 505 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 506 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 507 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 508 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 509 // Construct a type with type-source information. 510 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 511 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 512 513 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 514 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 515 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 516 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 517 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 518 } else { 519 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 520 } 521 } 522 523 return ParsedType::make(T); 524 } 525 526 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 527 static NestedNameSpecifier * 528 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 529 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 530 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 531 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 532 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 533 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 534 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 535 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 536 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 537 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 538 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 539 } 540 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 541 } 542 543 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 544 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 545 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 546 /// correctly rejects. 547 static const CXXRecordDecl * 548 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 549 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 550 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 551 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 552 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 553 return MD->getParent(); 554 } 555 return nullptr; 556 } 557 558 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 559 SourceLocation NameLoc, 560 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 561 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 562 563 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 564 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 565 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 566 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 567 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 568 // lookup is retried. 569 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 570 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 571 // name specifiers. 572 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 573 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 574 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 575 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 576 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 577 // instantiation time. 578 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 579 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 580 581 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 582 // template instantiation. 583 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 584 << RD; 585 } else { 586 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 587 return ParsedType(); 588 } 589 590 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 591 592 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 593 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 594 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 595 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 596 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 597 598 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 599 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 600 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 601 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 602 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 603 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 604 } 605 606 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 607 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 608 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 609 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 610 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 611 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 612 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 613 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 614 LookupName(R, S, false); 615 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 616 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 617 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 618 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 619 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 620 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 621 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 622 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 623 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 624 } 625 } 626 627 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 628 } 629 630 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 631 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 632 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 633 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 634 /// @code 635 /// template<class T> class A { 636 /// public: 637 /// typedef int TYPE; 638 /// }; 639 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 640 /// public: 641 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 642 /// }; 643 /// @endcode 644 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 645 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 646 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 647 return true; 648 649 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 650 651 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 652 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 653 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 654 return true; 655 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 656 } 657 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 658 } 659 660 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 661 SourceLocation IILoc, 662 Scope *S, 663 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 664 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 665 bool IsTemplateName) { 666 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 667 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 668 return; 669 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 670 SuggestedType = nullptr; 671 672 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 673 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 674 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false, 675 /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName, 676 /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName); 677 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 678 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 679 CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 680 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 681 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 682 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 683 // We corrected to a keyword. 684 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 685 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 686 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 687 << II); 688 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 689 } else { 690 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 691 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 692 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 693 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 694 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 695 << II, CanRecover); 696 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 697 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 698 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 699 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 700 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 701 PDiag(IsTemplateName 702 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 703 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 704 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 705 CanRecover); 706 } else { 707 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 708 } 709 710 if (!CanRecover) 711 return; 712 713 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 714 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 715 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 716 SourceRange(IILoc)); 717 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 718 SuggestedType = 719 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 720 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 721 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 722 /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 723 } 724 return; 725 } 726 727 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 728 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 729 UnqualifiedId Name; 730 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 731 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 732 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 733 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 734 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 735 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 736 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 737 diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc); 738 return; 739 } 740 } 741 742 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 743 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 744 745 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 746 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 747 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 748 << II; 749 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 750 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 751 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 752 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 753 else if (SS->isValid() && SS->getScopeRep()->containsErrors()) { 754 SuggestedType = 755 ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 756 } else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 757 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 758 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 759 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 760 761 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 762 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 763 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 764 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 765 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 766 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 767 } else { 768 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 769 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 770 } 771 } 772 773 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 774 /// or 775 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 776 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 777 NextToken.is(tok::less); 778 779 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 780 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 781 return true; 782 783 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 784 return true; 785 } 786 787 return false; 788 } 789 790 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 791 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 792 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 793 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 794 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 795 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 796 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 797 StringRef FixItTagName; 798 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 799 case TTK_Class: 800 FixItTagName = "class "; 801 break; 802 803 case TTK_Enum: 804 FixItTagName = "enum "; 805 break; 806 807 case TTK_Struct: 808 FixItTagName = "struct "; 809 break; 810 811 case TTK_Interface: 812 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 813 break; 814 815 case TTK_Union: 816 FixItTagName = "union "; 817 break; 818 } 819 820 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 821 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 822 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 823 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 824 825 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 826 I != IEnd; ++I) 827 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 828 << Name << TagName; 829 830 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 831 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 832 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 833 return true; 834 } 835 836 return false; 837 } 838 839 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 840 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 841 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 842 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 843 844 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 845 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 846 847 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 848 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 849 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 850 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 851 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 852 } 853 854 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 855 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 856 SourceLocation NameLoc, 857 const Token &NextToken, 858 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 859 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 860 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 861 862 assert(NextToken.isNot(tok::coloncolon) && 863 "parse nested name specifiers before calling ClassifyName"); 864 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 865 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 866 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 867 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 868 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 869 // will reject it later. 870 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 871 } 872 873 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 874 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 875 876 if (SS.isInvalid()) 877 return NameClassification::Error(); 878 879 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 880 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 881 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 882 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 883 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 884 return TypeInBase; 885 } 886 887 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 888 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 889 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 890 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 891 if (SS.isEmpty() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 892 DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name); 893 if (Ivar.isInvalid()) 894 return NameClassification::Error(); 895 if (Ivar.isUsable()) 896 return NameClassification::NonType(cast<NamedDecl>(Ivar.get())); 897 898 // We defer builtin creation until after ivar lookup inside ObjC methods. 899 if (Result.empty()) 900 LookupBuiltin(Result); 901 } 902 903 bool SecondTry = false; 904 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 905 906 Corrected: 907 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 908 case LookupResult::NotFound: 909 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 910 // call. 911 if (SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 912 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 913 // FIXME: Reference? 914 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 915 return NameClassification::UndeclaredNonType(); 916 917 // C90 6.3.2.2: 918 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 919 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 920 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 921 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 922 // the function call, the declaration 923 // 924 // extern int identifier (); 925 // 926 // appeared. 927 // 928 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 929 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) 930 return NameClassification::NonType(D); 931 } 932 933 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) { 934 // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function 935 // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name. 936 // 937 // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case. 938 TemplateName Template = 939 Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 940 return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template); 941 } 942 943 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 944 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 945 // "struct", or "union". 946 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 947 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 948 break; 949 } 950 951 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 952 // close to this name. 953 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 954 SecondTry = true; 955 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 956 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S, 957 &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 958 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 959 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 960 961 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 962 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 963 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 964 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 965 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 966 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 967 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 968 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 969 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 970 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 971 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 972 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 973 } 974 975 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 976 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 977 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 978 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 979 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 980 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 981 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 982 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 983 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 984 } 985 986 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 987 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 988 989 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 990 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 991 return Name; 992 993 // Also update the LookupResult... 994 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 995 Result.clear(); 996 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 997 if (FirstDecl) 998 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 999 1000 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 1001 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 1002 // reference the ivar. 1003 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 1004 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 1005 DeclResult R = 1006 LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()); 1007 if (R.isInvalid()) 1008 return NameClassification::Error(); 1009 if (R.isUsable()) 1010 return NameClassification::NonType(Ivar); 1011 } 1012 1013 goto Corrected; 1014 } 1015 } 1016 1017 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 1018 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1019 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1020 1021 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 1022 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 1023 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 1024 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 1025 1026 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1027 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1028 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1029 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1030 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1031 // 1032 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1033 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1034 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1035 // keyword here. 1036 return NameClassification::DependentNonType(); 1037 } 1038 1039 case LookupResult::Found: 1040 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1041 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1042 break; 1043 1044 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1045 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1046 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1047 /*AllowDependent=*/false)) { 1048 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1049 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1050 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1051 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1052 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1053 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1054 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1055 // ambiguous. 1056 // 1057 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1058 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1059 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1060 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1061 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1062 break; 1063 } 1064 } 1065 1066 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1067 return NameClassification::Error(); 1068 } 1069 1070 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1071 (IsFilteredTemplateName || 1072 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames( 1073 Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1074 /*AllowDependent=*/false, 1075 /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ SS.isEmpty() && 1076 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20))) { 1077 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1078 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1079 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1080 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1081 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1082 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1083 // C++2a [temp.names]p2: 1084 // A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an 1085 // unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one 1086 // or more functions or finds nothing. 1087 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1088 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1089 1090 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1091 bool IsVarTemplate; 1092 TemplateName Template; 1093 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1094 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1095 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1096 Result.end()); 1097 } else if (!Result.empty()) { 1098 auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl( 1099 *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1100 /*AllowDependent=*/false)); 1101 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1102 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1103 1104 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1105 Template = 1106 Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1107 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD); 1108 else 1109 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1110 } else { 1111 // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template 1112 // name. 1113 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1114 Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 1115 } 1116 1117 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1118 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1119 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1120 // to based on which function we selected. 1121 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1122 1123 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1124 } 1125 1126 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1127 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1128 } 1129 1130 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1131 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1132 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1133 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1134 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1135 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1136 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1137 return ParsedType::make(T); 1138 } 1139 1140 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1141 if (!Class) { 1142 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1143 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1144 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1145 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1146 } 1147 1148 if (Class) { 1149 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1150 1151 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1152 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1153 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1154 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1155 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1156 } 1157 1158 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1159 return ParsedType::make(T); 1160 } 1161 1162 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1163 return NameClassification::Concept( 1164 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1165 1166 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1167 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1168 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1169 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1170 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1171 1172 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1173 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1174 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1175 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1176 (NextIsOp && 1177 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1178 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1179 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1180 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1181 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1182 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1183 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1184 return ParsedType::make(T); 1185 } 1186 1187 // If we already know which single declaration is referenced, just annotate 1188 // that declaration directly. Defer resolving even non-overloaded class 1189 // member accesses, as we need to defer certain access checks until we know 1190 // the context. 1191 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1192 if (Result.isSingleResult() && !ADL && !FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1193 return NameClassification::NonType(Result.getRepresentativeDecl()); 1194 1195 // Otherwise, this is an overload set that we will need to resolve later. 1196 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1197 return NameClassification::OverloadSet(UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create( 1198 Context, Result.getNamingClass(), SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 1199 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), ADL, Result.isOverloadedResult(), 1200 Result.begin(), Result.end())); 1201 } 1202 1203 ExprResult 1204 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name, 1205 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 1206 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL-only call in C?"); 1207 CXXScopeSpec SS; 1208 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1209 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 1210 } 1211 1212 ExprResult 1213 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1214 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1215 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1216 bool IsAddressOfOperand) { 1217 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 1218 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1219 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1220 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1221 } 1222 1223 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1224 NamedDecl *Found, 1225 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1226 const Token &NextToken) { 1227 if (getCurMethodDecl() && SS.isEmpty()) 1228 if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())) 1229 return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, NameLoc, Ivar); 1230 1231 // Reconstruct the lookup result. 1232 LookupResult Result(*this, Found->getDeclName(), NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1233 Result.addDecl(Found); 1234 Result.resolveKind(); 1235 1236 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1237 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1238 } 1239 1240 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *E) { 1241 // For an implicit class member access, transform the result into a member 1242 // access expression if necessary. 1243 auto *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E); 1244 if ((*ULE->decls_begin())->isCXXClassMember()) { 1245 CXXScopeSpec SS; 1246 SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc()); 1247 1248 // Reconstruct the lookup result. 1249 LookupResult Result(*this, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(), 1250 LookupOrdinaryName); 1251 Result.setNamingClass(ULE->getNamingClass()); 1252 for (auto I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) 1253 Result.addDecl(*I, I.getAccess()); 1254 Result.resolveKind(); 1255 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1256 nullptr, S); 1257 } 1258 1259 // Otherwise, this is already in the form we needed, and no further checks 1260 // are necessary. 1261 return ULE; 1262 } 1263 1264 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1265 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1266 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1267 if (!TD) 1268 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1269 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1270 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1271 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1272 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1273 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1274 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1275 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1276 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1277 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1278 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1279 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD)) 1280 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept; 1281 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1282 } 1283 1284 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1285 assert(DC->getLexicalParent() == CurContext && 1286 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1287 CurContext = DC; 1288 S->setEntity(DC); 1289 } 1290 1291 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1292 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1293 1294 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1295 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1296 } 1297 1298 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1299 Decl *D) { 1300 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1301 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1302 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1303 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1304 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1305 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1306 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1307 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1308 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1309 return Result; 1310 } 1311 1312 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1313 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1314 } 1315 1316 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1317 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1318 /// 1319 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1320 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1321 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1322 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1323 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1324 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1325 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1326 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1327 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1328 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1329 // namespace. 1330 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1331 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1332 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1333 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1334 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1335 1336 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1337 1338 #ifndef NDEBUG 1339 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1340 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1341 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1342 #endif 1343 1344 CurContext = DC; 1345 S->setEntity(DC); 1346 1347 if (S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 1348 // Also set the corresponding entities for all immediately-enclosing 1349 // template parameter scopes. 1350 EnterTemplatedContext(S->getParent(), DC); 1351 } 1352 } 1353 1354 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1355 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1356 1357 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1358 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1359 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1360 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1361 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1362 1363 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1364 // disappear. 1365 } 1366 1367 void Sema::EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1368 assert(S->isTemplateParamScope() && 1369 "expected to be initializing a template parameter scope"); 1370 1371 // C++20 [temp.local]p7: 1372 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears outside 1373 // of the class template definition, the name of a member of the class 1374 // template hides the name of a template-parameter of any enclosing class 1375 // templates (but not a template-parameter of the member if the member is a 1376 // class or function template). 1377 // C++20 [temp.local]p9: 1378 // In the definition of a class template or in the definition of a member 1379 // of such a template that appears outside of the template definition, for 1380 // each non-dependent base class (13.8.2.1), if the name of the base class 1381 // or the name of a member of the base class is the same as the name of a 1382 // template-parameter, the base class name or member name hides the 1383 // template-parameter name (6.4.10). 1384 // 1385 // This means that a template parameter scope should be searched immediately 1386 // after searching the DeclContext for which it is a template parameter 1387 // scope. For example, for 1388 // template<typename T> template<typename U> template<typename V> 1389 // void N::A<T>::B<U>::f(...) 1390 // we search V then B<U> (and base classes) then U then A<T> (and base 1391 // classes) then T then N then ::. 1392 unsigned ScopeDepth = getTemplateDepth(S); 1393 for (; S && S->isTemplateParamScope(); S = S->getParent(), --ScopeDepth) { 1394 DeclContext *SearchDCAfterScope = DC; 1395 for (; DC; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 1396 if (const TemplateParameterList *TPL = 1397 cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplateParams()) { 1398 unsigned DCDepth = TPL->getDepth() + 1; 1399 if (DCDepth > ScopeDepth) 1400 continue; 1401 if (ScopeDepth == DCDepth) 1402 SearchDCAfterScope = DC = DC->getLookupParent(); 1403 break; 1404 } 1405 } 1406 S->setLookupEntity(SearchDCAfterScope); 1407 } 1408 } 1409 1410 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1411 // We assume that the caller has already called 1412 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1413 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1414 if (!FD) 1415 return; 1416 1417 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1418 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1419 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1420 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1421 CurContext = FD; 1422 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1423 1424 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1425 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1426 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1427 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1428 S->AddDecl(Param); 1429 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1430 } 1431 } 1432 } 1433 1434 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1435 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1436 // rather than the top-level class. 1437 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1438 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1439 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1440 } 1441 1442 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1443 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1444 /// 1445 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1446 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1447 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1448 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1449 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1450 /// attribute. 1451 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1452 ASTContext &Context, 1453 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1454 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1455 return true; 1456 1457 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1458 return true; 1459 1460 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1461 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1462 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1463 } 1464 1465 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1466 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1467 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1468 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1469 // scope. 1470 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1471 S = S->getParent(); 1472 1473 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1474 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1475 // into any context. 1476 if (AddToContext) 1477 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1478 1479 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1480 // are function-local declarations. 1481 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && !S->getFnParent()) 1482 return; 1483 1484 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1485 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1486 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1487 return; 1488 1489 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1490 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1491 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1492 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1493 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1494 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1495 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1496 1497 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1498 break; 1499 } 1500 } 1501 1502 S->AddDecl(D); 1503 1504 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1505 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1506 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1507 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1508 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1509 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1510 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1511 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1512 continue; 1513 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1514 break; 1515 } 1516 1517 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1518 } else { 1519 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1520 } 1521 } 1522 1523 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1524 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1525 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1526 } 1527 1528 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1529 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1530 do { 1531 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1532 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1533 return S; 1534 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1535 1536 return nullptr; 1537 } 1538 1539 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1540 DeclContext*, 1541 ASTContext&); 1542 1543 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1544 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1545 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1546 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1547 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1548 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1549 while (F.hasNext()) { 1550 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1551 1552 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1553 continue; 1554 1555 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1556 continue; 1557 1558 F.erase(); 1559 } 1560 1561 F.done(); 1562 } 1563 1564 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they 1565 /// have compatible owning modules. 1566 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1567 // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are 1568 // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for 1569 // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the 1570 // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match. 1571 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && 1572 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { 1573 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); 1574 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); 1575 return false; 1576 } 1577 1578 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); 1579 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); 1580 1581 if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1582 NewM = NewM->Parent; 1583 if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1584 OldM = OldM->Parent; 1585 1586 if (NewM == OldM) 1587 return false; 1588 1589 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview(); 1590 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview(); 1591 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { 1592 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: 1593 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all 1594 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module 1595 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) 1596 << New 1597 << NewIsModuleInterface 1598 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "") 1599 << OldIsModuleInterface 1600 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : ""); 1601 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1602 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1603 return true; 1604 } 1605 1606 return false; 1607 } 1608 1609 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1610 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1611 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1612 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1613 } 1614 1615 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1616 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1617 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1618 while (F.hasNext()) 1619 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1620 F.erase(); 1621 1622 F.done(); 1623 } 1624 1625 /// Check for this common pattern: 1626 /// @code 1627 /// class S { 1628 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1629 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1630 /// }; 1631 /// @endcode 1632 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1633 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1634 // the decl here. 1635 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1636 return false; 1637 1638 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1639 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1640 return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1641 } 1642 1643 // We need this to handle 1644 // 1645 // typedef struct { 1646 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1647 // } A; 1648 // 1649 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1650 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1651 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1652 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1653 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1654 // not. 1655 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1656 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1657 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1658 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1659 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1660 return true; 1661 } 1662 DC = DC->getParent(); 1663 } 1664 1665 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1666 } 1667 1668 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1669 // these semantics. 1670 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1671 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1672 return false; 1673 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1674 } 1675 1676 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1677 assert(D); 1678 1679 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1680 return false; 1681 1682 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1683 // of members of class templates. 1684 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1685 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1686 return false; 1687 1688 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1689 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1690 return false; 1691 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1692 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1693 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1694 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1695 return false; 1696 1697 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1698 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1699 return false; 1700 } else { 1701 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1702 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1703 return false; 1704 } 1705 1706 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1707 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1708 return false; 1709 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1710 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1711 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1712 // like "inline".) 1713 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1714 return false; 1715 1716 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1717 return false; 1718 1719 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1720 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1721 return false; 1722 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1723 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1724 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1725 return false; 1726 1727 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1728 return false; 1729 } else { 1730 return false; 1731 } 1732 1733 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1734 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1735 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1736 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1737 } 1738 1739 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1740 if (!D) 1741 return; 1742 1743 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1744 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1745 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1746 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1747 } 1748 1749 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1750 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1751 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1752 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1753 } 1754 1755 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1756 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1757 } 1758 1759 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1760 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1761 return false; 1762 1763 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { 1764 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are 1765 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which 1766 // it is, by the bindings' expressions). 1767 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 1768 if (BD->isReferenced()) 1769 return false; 1770 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { 1771 return false; 1772 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { 1773 return false; 1774 } 1775 1776 if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1777 return false; 1778 1779 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1780 return true; 1781 1782 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1783 // functions. 1784 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1785 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1786 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1787 WithinFunction = 1788 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1789 if (!WithinFunction) 1790 return false; 1791 1792 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1793 return true; 1794 1795 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1796 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1797 return false; 1798 1799 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1800 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1801 1802 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1803 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1804 1805 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1806 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1807 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1808 return false; 1809 } 1810 1811 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1812 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1813 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1814 return false; 1815 1816 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1817 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1818 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1819 1820 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1821 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1822 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1823 return false; 1824 1825 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1826 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1827 return false; 1828 1829 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1830 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1831 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1832 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1833 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1834 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1835 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1836 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1837 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && 1838 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) 1839 return false; 1840 } 1841 1842 // Suppress the warning if we don't know how this is constructed, and 1843 // it could possibly be non-trivial constructor. 1844 if (Init->isTypeDependent()) 1845 for (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors()) 1846 if (!Ctor->isTrivial()) 1847 return false; 1848 } 1849 } 1850 } 1851 1852 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1853 } 1854 1855 return true; 1856 } 1857 1858 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1859 FixItHint &Hint) { 1860 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1861 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 1862 D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), 1863 true); 1864 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1865 return; 1866 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 1867 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon)); 1868 } 1869 } 1870 1871 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1872 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1873 return; 1874 1875 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1876 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1877 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1878 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1879 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1880 } 1881 } 1882 1883 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1884 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1885 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1886 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1887 return; 1888 1889 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1890 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1891 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1892 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1893 return; 1894 } 1895 1896 FixItHint Hint; 1897 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1898 1899 unsigned DiagID; 1900 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1901 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1902 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1903 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1904 else 1905 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1906 1907 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; 1908 } 1909 1910 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1911 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1912 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1913 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1914 // MS inline assembly label name. 1915 bool Diagnose = false; 1916 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1917 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1918 else 1919 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1920 if (Diagnose) 1921 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L; 1922 } 1923 1924 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1925 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1926 1927 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1928 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1929 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1930 1931 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1932 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1933 1934 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1935 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1936 1937 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1938 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1939 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1940 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1941 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1942 } 1943 1944 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1945 1946 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1947 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1948 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1949 1950 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1951 // already. 1952 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1953 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1954 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1955 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1956 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1957 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1958 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1959 } 1960 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1961 } 1962 } 1963 } 1964 1965 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1966 /// 1967 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1968 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1969 /// to the fixed name. 1970 /// 1971 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1972 /// 1973 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1974 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1975 /// 1976 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1977 /// class could not be found. 1978 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1979 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1980 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1981 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1982 // creation from this context. 1983 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1984 1985 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1986 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1987 // find an Objective-C class name. 1988 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{}; 1989 if (TypoCorrection C = 1990 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 1991 TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1992 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1993 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1994 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1995 } 1996 } 1997 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1998 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1999 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 2000 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 2001 return Def; 2002 } 2003 2004 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 2005 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 2006 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 2007 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 2008 /// ill-formed in C++: 2009 /// @code 2010 /// struct S6 { 2011 /// enum { BAR } e; 2012 /// }; 2013 /// 2014 /// void test_S6() { 2015 /// struct S6 a; 2016 /// a.e = BAR; 2017 /// } 2018 /// @endcode 2019 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 2020 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 2021 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 2022 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 2023 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 2024 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 2025 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 2026 /// contain non-field names. 2027 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 2028 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 2029 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 2030 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 2031 S = S->getParent(); 2032 return S; 2033 } 2034 2035 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID, 2036 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 2037 switch (Error) { 2038 case ASTContext::GE_None: 2039 return ""; 2040 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type: 2041 return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID); 2042 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 2043 return "stdio.h"; 2044 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 2045 return "setjmp.h"; 2046 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 2047 return "ucontext.h"; 2048 } 2049 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 2050 } 2051 2052 FunctionDecl *Sema::CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type, 2053 unsigned ID, SourceLocation Loc) { 2054 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2055 2056 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2057 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = LinkageSpecDecl::Create( 2058 Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 2059 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 2060 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 2061 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 2062 } 2063 2064 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, II, Type, 2065 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern, false, 2066 Type->isFunctionProtoType()); 2067 New->setImplicit(); 2068 New->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ID)); 2069 2070 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 2071 // FunctionDecl. 2072 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Type)) { 2073 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 16> Params; 2074 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 2075 ParmVarDecl *parm = ParmVarDecl::Create( 2076 Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2077 FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr); 2078 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 2079 Params.push_back(parm); 2080 } 2081 New->setParams(Params); 2082 } 2083 2084 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 2085 return New; 2086 } 2087 2088 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 2089 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 2090 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 2091 /// built-in. 2092 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2093 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2094 SourceLocation Loc) { 2095 LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, ID); 2096 2097 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 2098 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 2099 if (Error) { 2100 if (!ForRedeclaration) 2101 return nullptr; 2102 2103 // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a 2104 // warning when we were not able to find a type for it. 2105 if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type || 2106 Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(ID)) 2107 return nullptr; 2108 2109 // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was 2110 // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration. 2111 if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) { 2112 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf) 2113 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2114 return nullptr; 2115 } 2116 2117 // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the 2118 // appropriate header. 2119 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 2120 << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error) 2121 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2122 return nullptr; 2123 } 2124 2125 if (!ForRedeclaration && 2126 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 2127 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 2128 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 2129 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 2130 if (const char *Header = Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)) 2131 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 2132 << Header << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2133 } 2134 2135 if (R.isNull()) 2136 return nullptr; 2137 2138 FunctionDecl *New = CreateBuiltin(II, R, ID, Loc); 2139 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 2140 2141 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 2142 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 2143 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 2144 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 2145 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 2146 CurContext = New->getDeclContext(); 2147 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 2148 CurContext = SavedContext; 2149 return New; 2150 } 2151 2152 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 2153 /// entity if their types are the same. 2154 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 2155 /// isSameEntity. 2156 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 2157 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2158 LookupResult &Previous) { 2159 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 2160 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 2161 return; 2162 2163 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 2164 if (Previous.empty()) 2165 return; 2166 2167 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 2168 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 2169 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 2170 2171 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 2172 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 2173 continue; 2174 2175 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 2176 // different linkages. 2177 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2178 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 2179 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 2180 continue; 2181 2182 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2183 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2184 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2185 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2186 continue; 2187 } 2188 2189 Filter.erase(); 2190 } 2191 2192 Filter.done(); 2193 } 2194 2195 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2196 QualType OldType; 2197 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2198 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2199 else 2200 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2201 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2202 2203 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2204 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2205 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2206 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2207 << Kind << NewType; 2208 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2209 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2210 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2211 return true; 2212 } 2213 2214 if (OldType != NewType && 2215 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2216 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2217 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2218 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2219 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2220 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2221 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2222 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2223 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2224 return true; 2225 } 2226 return false; 2227 } 2228 2229 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2230 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2231 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2232 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2233 /// 2234 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2235 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2236 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2237 // merging checks. 2238 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2239 2240 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2241 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2242 if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { 2243 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2244 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2245 default: break; 2246 case 2: 2247 { 2248 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2249 break; 2250 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2251 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2252 break; 2253 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2254 QualType PT = T->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2255 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2256 break; 2257 } 2258 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2259 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2260 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2261 return; 2262 } 2263 case 5: 2264 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2265 break; 2266 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2267 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2268 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2269 return; 2270 case 3: 2271 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2272 break; 2273 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2274 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2275 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2276 return; 2277 } 2278 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2279 } 2280 2281 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2282 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2283 if (!Old) { 2284 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2285 << New->getDeclName(); 2286 2287 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2288 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2289 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2290 2291 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2292 } 2293 2294 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2295 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2296 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2297 2298 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2299 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2300 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2301 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2302 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2303 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2304 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2305 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2306 // instead of our tag. 2307 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2308 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2309 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2310 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2311 else 2312 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2313 2314 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2315 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2316 2317 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2318 // out of the scope. 2319 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2320 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2321 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2322 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2323 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2324 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2325 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2326 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2327 } 2328 } 2329 } 2330 } 2331 2332 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2333 // with any extensions enabled. 2334 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2335 return; 2336 2337 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2338 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2339 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2340 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2341 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2342 } 2343 2344 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2345 return; 2346 2347 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2348 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2349 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2350 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2351 // to the type to which it already refers. 2352 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2353 return; 2354 2355 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2356 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2357 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2358 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2359 // 2360 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2361 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2362 // 2363 // struct S { 2364 // typedef struct A { } A; 2365 // }; 2366 // 2367 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2368 // allow the above but disallow 2369 // 2370 // struct S { 2371 // typedef int I; 2372 // typedef int I; 2373 // }; 2374 // 2375 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2376 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2377 return; 2378 2379 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2380 << New->getDeclName(); 2381 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2382 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2383 } 2384 2385 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2386 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2387 return; 2388 2389 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2390 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2391 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2392 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2393 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2394 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2395 (Old->isImplicit() || 2396 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2397 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2398 return; 2399 2400 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2401 << New->getDeclName(); 2402 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2403 } 2404 2405 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2406 /// attribute. 2407 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2408 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2409 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2410 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2411 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2412 if (Ann) { 2413 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2414 return true; 2415 continue; 2416 } 2417 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2418 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2419 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2420 return true; 2421 } 2422 2423 return false; 2424 } 2425 2426 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2427 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2428 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2429 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2430 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2431 return true; 2432 } 2433 2434 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2435 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2436 /// 2437 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2438 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2439 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2440 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2441 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2442 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2443 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2444 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2445 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2446 // in a case like: 2447 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2448 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2449 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2450 // definition in such a case. 2451 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2452 return false; 2453 2454 if (I->isAlignas()) 2455 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2456 2457 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2458 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2459 OldAlign = Align; 2460 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2461 } 2462 } 2463 2464 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2465 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2466 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2467 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2468 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2469 return false; 2470 2471 if (I->isAlignas()) 2472 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2473 2474 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2475 if (Align > NewAlign) 2476 NewAlign = Align; 2477 } 2478 2479 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2480 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2481 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2482 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2483 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2484 2485 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2486 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2487 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2488 QualType Ty; 2489 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2490 Ty = VD->getType(); 2491 else 2492 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2493 2494 if (OldAlign == 0) 2495 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2496 if (NewAlign == 0) 2497 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2498 } 2499 2500 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2501 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2502 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2503 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2504 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2505 } 2506 } 2507 2508 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2509 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2510 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2511 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2512 // equivalent alignment. 2513 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2514 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2515 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2516 // have no alignment specifier. 2517 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2518 << OldAlignasAttr; 2519 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2520 << OldAlignasAttr; 2521 } 2522 2523 bool AnyAdded = false; 2524 2525 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2526 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2527 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2528 Clone->setInherited(true); 2529 New->addAttr(Clone); 2530 AnyAdded = true; 2531 } 2532 2533 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2534 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2535 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2536 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2537 Clone->setInherited(true); 2538 New->addAttr(Clone); 2539 AnyAdded = true; 2540 } 2541 2542 return AnyAdded; 2543 } 2544 2545 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2546 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2547 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2548 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2549 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2550 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2551 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2552 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2553 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2554 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2555 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2556 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2557 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( 2558 D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2559 AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2560 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2561 AA->getPriority()); 2562 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2563 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility()); 2564 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2565 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility()); 2566 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2567 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA); 2568 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2569 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA); 2570 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2571 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(), 2572 FA->getFirstArg()); 2573 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2574 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName()); 2575 else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr)) 2576 NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName()); 2577 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2578 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(), 2579 IA->getInheritanceModel()); 2580 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2581 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA, 2582 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling())); 2583 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2584 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2585 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2586 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2587 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2588 return false; 2589 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2590 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA); 2591 else if (const auto *SNA = dyn_cast<SwiftNameAttr>(Attr)) 2592 NewAttr = S.mergeSwiftNameAttr(D, *SNA, SNA->getName()); 2593 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2594 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA); 2595 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2596 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA); 2597 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2598 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, *CommonA); 2599 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2600 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2601 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2602 NewAttr = nullptr; 2603 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2604 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2605 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2606 NewAttr = nullptr; 2607 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2608 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid(), UA->getGuidDecl()); 2609 else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr)) 2610 NewAttr = S.mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA); 2611 else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr)) 2612 NewAttr = S.mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA); 2613 else if (const auto *IMA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr>(Attr)) 2614 NewAttr = S.mergeImportModuleAttr(D, *IMA); 2615 else if (const auto *INA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportNameAttr>(Attr)) 2616 NewAttr = S.mergeImportNameAttr(D, *INA); 2617 else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2618 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2619 2620 if (NewAttr) { 2621 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2622 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2623 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2624 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2625 return true; 2626 } 2627 2628 return false; 2629 } 2630 2631 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2632 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2633 return TD->getDefinition(); 2634 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2635 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2636 if (Def) 2637 return Def; 2638 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2639 } 2640 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2641 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr; 2642 if (FD->isDefined(Def, true)) 2643 return Def; 2644 } 2645 return nullptr; 2646 } 2647 2648 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2649 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2650 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2651 return true; 2652 return false; 2653 } 2654 2655 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2656 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2657 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2658 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2659 return; 2660 2661 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2662 if (!Def || Def == New) 2663 return; 2664 2665 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2666 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2667 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2668 2669 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2670 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2671 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2672 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2673 2674 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2675 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2676 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2677 --E; 2678 continue; 2679 } 2680 } else { 2681 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2682 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2683 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2684 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2685 : diag::err_redefinition; 2686 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2687 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2688 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2689 else 2690 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2691 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2692 } 2693 ++I; 2694 continue; 2695 } 2696 2697 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2698 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2699 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2700 ++I; 2701 continue; 2702 } 2703 } 2704 2705 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2706 ++I; 2707 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2708 } 2709 2710 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2711 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2712 ++I; 2713 continue; 2714 } else if (isa<UuidAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2715 // msvc will allow a subsequent definition to add an uuid to a class 2716 ++I; 2717 continue; 2718 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2719 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2720 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2721 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2722 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2723 // equivalent alignment. 2724 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2725 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2726 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2727 // have no alignment specifier. 2728 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2729 << AA; 2730 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2731 << AA; 2732 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2733 --E; 2734 continue; 2735 } 2736 } else if (isa<LoaderUninitializedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2737 // If there is a C definition followed by a redeclaration with this 2738 // attribute then there are two different definitions. In C++, prefer the 2739 // standard diagnostics. 2740 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2741 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2742 diag::err_loader_uninitialized_redeclaration); 2743 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2744 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2745 --E; 2746 continue; 2747 } 2748 } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) && 2749 cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() && 2750 !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) { 2751 // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables. 2752 // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany 2753 // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we 2754 // honored it. 2755 ++I; 2756 continue; 2757 } else if (isa<OMPDeclareVariantAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2758 // We allow to add OMP[Begin]DeclareVariantAttr to be added to 2759 // declarations after defintions. 2760 ++I; 2761 continue; 2762 } 2763 2764 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2765 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2766 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2767 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2768 --E; 2769 } 2770 } 2771 2772 static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl, 2773 const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr, 2774 bool AttrBeforeInit) { 2775 SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart(); 2776 2777 // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration. 2778 // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve 2779 // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without 2780 // heroics. 2781 std::string SuitableSpelling; 2782 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) 2783 SuitableSpelling = std::string( 2784 S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit})); 2785 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 2786 SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling( 2787 InsertLoc, {tok::l_square, tok::l_square, 2788 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"), tok::coloncolon, 2789 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"), 2790 tok::r_square, tok::r_square})); 2791 if (SuitableSpelling.empty()) 2792 SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling( 2793 InsertLoc, {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren, 2794 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"), 2795 tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren})); 2796 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) 2797 SuitableSpelling = "constinit"; 2798 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 2799 SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]"; 2800 if (SuitableSpelling.empty()) 2801 SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))"; 2802 SuitableSpelling += " "; 2803 2804 if (AttrBeforeInit) { 2805 // extern constinit int a; 2806 // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension 2807 assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute"); 2808 S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing) 2809 << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling); 2810 S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here); 2811 } else { 2812 // int a = 0; 2813 // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit') 2814 S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), 2815 CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late 2816 : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late) 2817 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation())); 2818 S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here) 2819 << CIAttr->isConstinit() 2820 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling); 2821 } 2822 } 2823 2824 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2825 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2826 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2827 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2828 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2829 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2830 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2831 } 2832 2833 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2834 return; 2835 2836 // [dcl.constinit]p1: 2837 // If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a 2838 // variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration. 2839 const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2840 const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2841 if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) { 2842 const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old); 2843 auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2844 2845 // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked 2846 // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet. 2847 const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration(); 2848 if (!InitDecl && 2849 (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())) 2850 InitDecl = NewVD; 2851 2852 if (InitDecl == NewVD) { 2853 // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit', 2854 // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute 2855 // form). 2856 if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit()) 2857 diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit, 2858 /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true); 2859 } else if (NewConstInit) { 2860 // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should 2861 // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing 2862 // declaration, this is too late. 2863 if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) { 2864 diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit, 2865 /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false); 2866 NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2867 } 2868 } 2869 } 2870 2871 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2872 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2873 2874 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2875 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2876 if (!OldA->isEquivalent(NewA)) { 2877 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2878 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2879 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2880 } 2881 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2882 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2883 // already been ODR-used. 2884 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2885 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2886 } 2887 } 2888 2889 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2890 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2891 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2892 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2893 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2894 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2895 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2896 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2897 << NewTag; 2898 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2899 } 2900 } 2901 } else { 2902 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2903 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2904 } 2905 } 2906 2907 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. 2908 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 2909 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { 2910 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { 2911 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); 2912 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2913 } 2914 } 2915 } 2916 2917 // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute. 2918 const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); 2919 if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() && 2920 !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) { 2921 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) 2922 << 0 /*codeseg*/; 2923 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2924 } 2925 2926 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2927 return; 2928 2929 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2930 2931 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2932 // we process them. 2933 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2934 2935 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2936 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2937 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2938 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2939 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2940 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2941 switch (AMK) { 2942 case AMK_None: 2943 continue; 2944 2945 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2946 case AMK_Override: 2947 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2948 LocalAMK = AMK; 2949 break; 2950 } 2951 } 2952 2953 // Already handled. 2954 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2955 continue; 2956 2957 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2958 foundAny = true; 2959 } 2960 2961 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2962 foundAny = true; 2963 2964 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2965 } 2966 2967 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2968 /// to the new one. 2969 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2970 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2971 Sema &S) { 2972 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2973 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2974 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2975 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2976 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2977 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2978 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2979 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2980 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2981 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2982 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2983 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2984 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2985 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2986 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2987 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2988 } 2989 2990 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2991 return; 2992 2993 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2994 2995 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2996 // done before we process them. 2997 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2998 2999 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 3000 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 3001 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 3002 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 3003 newAttr->setInherited(true); 3004 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 3005 foundAny = true; 3006 } 3007 } 3008 3009 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 3010 } 3011 3012 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 3013 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 3014 Sema &S) { 3015 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 3016 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 3017 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 3018 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 3019 << DiagNullabilityKind( 3020 *Newnullability, 3021 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 3022 != 0)) 3023 << DiagNullabilityKind( 3024 *Oldnullability, 3025 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 3026 != 0)); 3027 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3028 } 3029 } else { 3030 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 3031 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 3032 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 3033 NewT, NewT); 3034 NewParam->setType(NewT); 3035 } 3036 } 3037 } 3038 3039 namespace { 3040 3041 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 3042 /// C. 3043 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 3044 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 3045 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 3046 QualType PromotedType; 3047 }; 3048 3049 } // end anonymous namespace 3050 3051 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 3052 // declaration, or a declaration. 3053 template <typename T> 3054 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 3055 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 3056 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3057 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 3058 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3059 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 3060 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 3061 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 3062 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 3063 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 3064 } else 3065 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 3066 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 3067 } 3068 3069 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 3070 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 3071 /// GNU89 mode. 3072 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 3073 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 3074 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 3075 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 3076 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 3077 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 3078 } 3079 3080 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 3081 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 3082 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 3083 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 3084 return AT; 3085 } 3086 3087 template <typename T> 3088 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 3089 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 3090 if (DC->isRecord()) 3091 return false; 3092 3093 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 3094 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 3095 return true; 3096 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 3097 return true; 3098 return false; 3099 } 3100 3101 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 3102 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 3103 3104 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 3105 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 3106 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 3107 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 3108 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 3109 ExpectedDecl *New) { 3110 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 3111 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 3112 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 3113 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 3114 // and function templates; or 3115 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 3116 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 3117 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 3118 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 3119 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 3120 3121 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 3122 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 3123 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 3124 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 3125 // function, the program is ill-formed. 3126 3127 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 3128 if (Old && 3129 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 3130 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 3131 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 3132 Old = nullptr; 3133 3134 if (!Old) { 3135 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 3136 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 3137 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 3138 return true; 3139 } 3140 return false; 3141 } 3142 3143 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 3144 const FunctionDecl *B) { 3145 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 3146 3147 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 3148 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 3149 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 3150 if (AttrA == AttrB) 3151 return true; 3152 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() && 3153 AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic(); 3154 }; 3155 3156 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 3157 } 3158 3159 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified 3160 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier. 3161 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD, 3162 DeclaratorDecl *OldD) { 3163 // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when 3164 // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration 3165 // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier: 3166 // 3167 // inline namespace N { int f(); } 3168 // int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::. 3169 // 3170 // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change 3171 // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations, 3172 // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular). 3173 if (!NewD->getQualifier()) 3174 return; 3175 3176 // NewD is probably already in the right context. 3177 auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 3178 auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 3179 if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC)) 3180 return; 3181 3182 assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) || 3183 NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) && 3184 "unexpected context for redeclaration"); 3185 3186 auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3187 auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) { 3188 if (!D) 3189 return; 3190 D->setDeclContext(SemaDC); 3191 D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC); 3192 }; 3193 3194 FixSemaDC(NewD); 3195 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD)) 3196 FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); 3197 else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD)) 3198 FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()); 3199 } 3200 3201 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 3202 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 3203 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 3204 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3205 /// 3206 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 3207 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 3208 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 3209 /// merged with. 3210 /// 3211 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 3212 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 3213 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3214 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 3215 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 3216 if (!Old) { 3217 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 3218 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 3219 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 3220 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 3221 diag::note_using_decl_target); 3222 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 3223 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 3224 return true; 3225 } 3226 3227 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 3228 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3229 return true; 3230 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 3231 } else { 3232 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3233 << New->getDeclName(); 3234 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 3235 return true; 3236 } 3237 } 3238 3239 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 3240 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3241 return true; 3242 3243 // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins. 3244 if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) { 3245 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName(); 3246 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3247 << Old << Old->getType(); 3248 return true; 3249 } 3250 3251 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3252 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3253 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3254 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3255 3256 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 3257 // is an extern inline function. 3258 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 3259 // storage classes. 3260 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 3261 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3262 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 3263 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 3264 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 3265 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3266 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 3267 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3268 } else { 3269 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 3270 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3271 return true; 3272 } 3273 } 3274 3275 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3276 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3277 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3278 << New->getDeclName(); 3279 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3280 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3281 } 3282 3283 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3284 return true; 3285 3286 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3287 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3288 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 3289 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 3290 << New << OldOvl; 3291 3292 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 3293 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 3294 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 3295 // 3296 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 3297 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 3298 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 3299 if (OldOvl) { 3300 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 3301 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3302 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 3303 }); 3304 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 3305 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 3306 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 3307 } 3308 3309 if (DiagOld) 3310 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 3311 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 3312 << OldOvl; 3313 3314 if (OldOvl) 3315 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 3316 else 3317 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3318 } 3319 } 3320 3321 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 3322 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 3323 // convention of the first. 3324 // 3325 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 3326 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 3327 // 3328 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 3329 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 3330 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 3331 // 3332 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 3333 // other tests to run. 3334 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3335 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3336 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 3337 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3338 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 3339 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 3340 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 3341 3342 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 3343 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 3344 const FunctionType *FT = 3345 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 3346 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 3347 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3348 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3349 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3350 // there but not here. 3351 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3352 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3353 } else if (Old->getBuiltinID()) { 3354 // Builtin attribute isn't propagated to the new one yet at this point, 3355 // so we check if the old one is a builtin. 3356 3357 // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a 3358 // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is 3359 // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration. 3360 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported) 3361 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3362 << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction; 3363 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3364 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3365 } else { 3366 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3367 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3368 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3369 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3370 << !FirstCCExplicit 3371 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3372 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3373 3374 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3375 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3376 return true; 3377 } 3378 } 3379 3380 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3381 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3382 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3383 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3384 } 3385 3386 // Merge regparm attribute. 3387 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3388 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3389 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3390 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3391 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3392 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3393 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3394 return true; 3395 } 3396 3397 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3398 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3399 } 3400 3401 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3402 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3403 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3404 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3405 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3406 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3407 return true; 3408 } 3409 3410 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3411 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3412 } 3413 3414 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3415 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3416 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3417 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3418 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3419 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3420 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3421 return true; 3422 } 3423 3424 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3425 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3426 } 3427 3428 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3429 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3430 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3431 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3432 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3433 } 3434 3435 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3436 // UndefinedButUsed. 3437 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3438 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3439 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3440 Old->isUsed(false) && 3441 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3442 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3443 SourceLocation())); 3444 3445 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3446 // about it. 3447 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3448 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3449 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3450 } 3451 3452 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3453 // redeclaration. 3454 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3455 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3456 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3457 << New->getDeclName(); 3458 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3459 return true; 3460 } 3461 3462 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3463 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3464 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3465 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3466 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3467 3468 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3469 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3470 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3471 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3472 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3473 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3474 return true; 3475 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3476 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3477 3478 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3479 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3480 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3481 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3482 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3483 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3484 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3485 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3486 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType, 3487 OldDeclaredReturnType)) { 3488 QualType ResQT; 3489 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3490 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3491 // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type. 3492 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3493 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3494 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3495 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3496 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3497 else 3498 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3499 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3500 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3501 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3502 return true; 3503 } 3504 else 3505 NewQType = ResQT; 3506 } 3507 3508 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3509 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3510 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3511 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3512 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3513 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3514 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3515 New->setType( 3516 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3517 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3518 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3519 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3520 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3521 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3522 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3523 } 3524 } 3525 3526 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3527 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3528 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3529 // Preserve triviality. 3530 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3531 3532 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3533 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3534 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3535 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3536 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3537 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3538 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3539 3540 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3541 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3542 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3543 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3544 // is a static member function declaration. 3545 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3546 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3547 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3548 return true; 3549 } 3550 3551 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3552 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3553 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3554 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3555 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3556 unsigned NewDiag; 3557 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3558 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3559 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3560 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3561 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3562 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3563 else 3564 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3565 3566 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3567 } else { 3568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3569 << New << New->getType(); 3570 } 3571 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3572 return true; 3573 3574 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3575 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3576 // 3577 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3578 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3579 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3580 if (isFriend) { 3581 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3582 } else { 3583 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3584 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3585 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3586 return true; 3587 } 3588 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3589 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3590 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3591 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3592 return true; 3593 } 3594 } 3595 3596 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3597 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3598 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3599 // attribute. 3600 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3601 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3602 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3603 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3604 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3605 } 3606 3607 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3608 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3609 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3610 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3611 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3612 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3613 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3614 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3615 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3616 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3617 } 3618 3619 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3620 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3621 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3622 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3623 3624 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3625 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3626 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3627 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3628 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3629 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3630 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3631 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3632 } 3633 3634 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3635 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3636 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3637 // 3638 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3639 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3640 // linkage within class scope. 3641 // 3642 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3643 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3644 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3645 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3646 } else { 3647 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3648 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3649 return true; 3650 } 3651 } 3652 3653 // If the function types are compatible, merge the declarations. Ignore the 3654 // exception specifier because it was already checked above in 3655 // CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec, and we don't want follow-on diagnostics 3656 // about incompatible types under -fms-compatibility. 3657 if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(OldQTypeForComparison, 3658 NewQType)) 3659 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3660 3661 // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or 3662 // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again 3663 // during instantiation. 3664 if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType)) 3665 return false; 3666 3667 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3668 } 3669 3670 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3671 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3672 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3673 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3674 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3675 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3676 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3677 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3678 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3679 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3680 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3681 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3682 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3683 NewQType = 3684 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3685 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3686 New->setType(NewQType); 3687 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3688 3689 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3690 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3691 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3692 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3693 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3694 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3695 SC_None, nullptr); 3696 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3697 Param->setImplicit(); 3698 Params.push_back(Param); 3699 } 3700 3701 New->setParams(Params); 3702 } 3703 3704 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3705 } 3706 3707 // Check if the function types are compatible when pointer size address 3708 // spaces are ignored. 3709 if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringPtrSizes(OldQType, NewQType)) 3710 return false; 3711 3712 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3713 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3714 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3715 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3716 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3717 // the prototype. 3718 // 3719 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3720 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3721 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3722 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3723 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3724 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3725 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3726 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3727 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3728 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3729 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3730 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3731 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3732 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3733 3734 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3735 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3736 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3737 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3738 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3739 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3740 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3741 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3742 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3743 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3744 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3745 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3746 NewParm->getType(), 3747 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3748 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3749 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3750 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3751 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3752 } else 3753 LooseCompatible = false; 3754 } 3755 3756 if (LooseCompatible) { 3757 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3758 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3759 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3760 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3761 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3762 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3763 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3764 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3765 } 3766 3767 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3768 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3769 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3770 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3771 } 3772 3773 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3774 } 3775 3776 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3777 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3778 3779 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3780 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3781 unsigned BuiltinID; 3782 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3783 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3784 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3785 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3786 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3787 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3788 << Old << Old->getType(); 3789 return false; 3790 } 3791 3792 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3793 } 3794 3795 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3796 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3797 return true; 3798 } 3799 3800 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3801 /// known to be compatible. 3802 /// 3803 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3804 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3805 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3806 /// redeclaration of Old. 3807 /// 3808 /// \returns false 3809 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3810 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3811 // Merge the attributes 3812 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3813 3814 // Merge "pure" flag. 3815 if (Old->isPure()) 3816 New->setPure(); 3817 3818 // Merge "used" flag. 3819 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3820 New->setIsUsed(); 3821 3822 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3823 // declarations. 3824 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3825 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3826 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3827 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3828 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3829 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3830 } 3831 3832 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3833 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3834 3835 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3836 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3837 // was visible. 3838 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3839 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3840 New->setType(Merged); 3841 3842 return false; 3843 } 3844 3845 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3846 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3847 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3848 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3849 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3850 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3851 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3852 : AMK_Override; 3853 3854 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3855 3856 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3857 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3858 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3859 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3860 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3861 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3862 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3863 3864 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3865 } 3866 3867 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3868 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3869 3870 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3871 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3872 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3873 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3874 3875 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3876 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3877 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3878 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3879 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3880 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3881 } 3882 3883 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3884 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3885 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3886 /// 3887 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3888 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3889 /// is attached. 3890 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3891 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3892 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3893 return; 3894 3895 QualType MergedT; 3896 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3897 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3898 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3899 return; 3900 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3901 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3902 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3903 } 3904 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3905 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3906 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3907 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3908 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3909 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3910 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3911 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3912 3913 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3914 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3915 // mismatch. 3916 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3917 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3918 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3919 QualType PrevVDTy = PrevVD->getType(); 3920 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3921 continue; 3922 3923 if (!Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), PrevVDTy)) 3924 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3925 } 3926 } 3927 3928 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3929 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3930 NewArray->getElementType())) 3931 MergedT = New->getType(); 3932 } 3933 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3934 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3935 // visible. 3936 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3937 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3938 NewArray->getElementType())) 3939 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3940 } 3941 } 3942 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3943 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3944 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3945 Old->getType()); 3946 } 3947 } else { 3948 // C 6.2.7p2: 3949 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3950 // compatible type. 3951 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3952 } 3953 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3954 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3955 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3956 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3957 // equivalent. 3958 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3959 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3960 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3961 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3962 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3963 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3964 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3965 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3966 return; 3967 } 3968 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3969 } 3970 3971 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3972 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3973 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3974 New->setType(MergedT); 3975 } 3976 3977 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3978 LookupResult &Previous) { 3979 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3980 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3981 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3982 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3983 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3984 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3985 // 3986 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3987 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3988 return false; 3989 3990 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3991 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3992 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3993 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3994 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3995 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3996 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3997 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3998 } else { 3999 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 4000 // type unless we're in the same function. 4001 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4002 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 4003 } 4004 } 4005 4006 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 4007 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 4008 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 4009 /// 4010 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 4011 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 4012 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 4013 /// 4014 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 4015 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 4016 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4017 return; 4018 4019 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 4020 return; 4021 4022 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 4023 4024 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 4025 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 4026 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 4027 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4028 if (NewTemplate) { 4029 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4030 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 4031 4032 if (auto *Shadow = 4033 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 4034 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 4035 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4036 } else { 4037 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4038 4039 if (auto *Shadow = 4040 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 4041 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 4042 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4043 } 4044 } 4045 if (!Old) { 4046 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 4047 << New->getDeclName(); 4048 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 4049 New->getLocation()); 4050 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4051 } 4052 4053 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 4054 if (NewTemplate && 4055 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4056 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4057 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 4058 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4059 4060 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 4061 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 4062 // 4063 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 4064 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 4065 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 4066 << New->getIdentifier(); 4067 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4068 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4069 } 4070 4071 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 4072 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 4073 // declaration 4074 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 4075 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 4076 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 4077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 4078 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4079 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 4080 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 4081 } 4082 4083 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 4084 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 4085 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 4086 << New->getDeclName(); 4087 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4088 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 4089 } 4090 4091 // Merge the types. 4092 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 4093 if (MostRecent != Old) { 4094 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 4095 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 4096 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4097 return; 4098 } 4099 4100 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 4101 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4102 return; 4103 4104 diag::kind PrevDiag; 4105 SourceLocation OldLocation; 4106 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 4107 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 4108 4109 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 4110 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 4111 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 4112 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 4113 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4114 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 4115 << New->getDeclName(); 4116 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4117 } else { 4118 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 4119 << New->getDeclName(); 4120 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4121 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4122 } 4123 } 4124 // C99 6.2.2p4: 4125 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 4126 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 4127 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 4128 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 4129 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 4130 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 4131 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 4132 // identifier has external linkage. 4133 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 4134 /* Okay */; 4135 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 4136 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 4137 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4138 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 4139 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4140 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4141 } 4142 4143 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 4144 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 4145 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 4146 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 4147 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4148 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4149 } 4150 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 4151 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 4152 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 4153 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4154 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4155 } 4156 4157 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 4158 return; 4159 4160 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 4161 4162 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 4163 // need to check for mismatches. 4164 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 4165 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 4166 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4167 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 4168 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 4169 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4170 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4171 } 4172 4173 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 4174 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 4175 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 4176 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 4177 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 4178 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 4179 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4180 } 4181 } 4182 4183 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to 4184 // UndefinedButUsed. 4185 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 4186 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 4187 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 4188 SourceLocation())); 4189 4190 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 4191 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 4192 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4193 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4194 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 4195 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4196 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4197 } else { 4198 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 4199 // static and dynamic initialization. 4200 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 4201 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 4202 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 4203 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 4204 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4205 } 4206 } 4207 4208 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 4209 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4210 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 4211 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 4212 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 4213 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 4214 Diag(New->getLocation(), 4215 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 4216 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 4217 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 4218 return; 4219 } 4220 } 4221 4222 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 4223 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 4224 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4225 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4226 return; 4227 } 4228 4229 // Merge "used" flag. 4230 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 4231 New->setIsUsed(); 4232 4233 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 4234 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 4235 if (NewTemplate) 4236 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 4237 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); 4238 4239 // Inherit access appropriately. 4240 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 4241 if (NewTemplate) 4242 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 4243 4244 if (Old->isInline()) 4245 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 4246 } 4247 4248 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 4249 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 4250 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 4251 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 4252 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 4253 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 4254 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 4255 StringRef HdrFilename = 4256 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 4257 4258 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 4259 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 4260 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 4261 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 4262 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 4263 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 4264 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 4265 if (Mod) { 4266 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 4267 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4268 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 4269 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 4270 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4271 } else { 4272 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 4273 << HdrFilename.str(); 4274 } 4275 return true; 4276 } 4277 4278 return false; 4279 }; 4280 4281 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 4282 // this leads to a redefinition error. 4283 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 4284 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 4285 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 4286 bool EmittedDiag = 4287 noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 4288 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 4289 4290 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 4291 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 4292 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 4293 4294 if (EmittedDiag) 4295 return; 4296 } 4297 4298 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 4299 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 4300 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4301 } 4302 4303 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 4304 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 4305 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 4306 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 4307 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 4308 New->isInline() || 4309 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 4310 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 4311 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 4312 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 4313 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 4314 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 4315 4316 // Make the canonical definition visible. 4317 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 4318 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 4319 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 4320 return false; 4321 } else { 4322 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 4323 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4324 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4325 return true; 4326 } 4327 } 4328 4329 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4330 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 4331 Decl * 4332 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4333 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4334 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 4335 AnonRecord); 4336 } 4337 4338 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 4339 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 4340 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 4341 // compatibility. 4342 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 4343 // targeted. 4344 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 4345 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 4346 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 4347 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 4348 } 4349 4350 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 4351 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4352 return; 4353 4354 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4355 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4356 // it is anonymous. 4357 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4358 return; 4359 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4360 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4361 Context.setManglingNumber( 4362 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4363 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4364 return; 4365 } 4366 4367 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4368 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 4369 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4370 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 4371 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext()); 4372 if (MCtx) { 4373 Context.setManglingNumber( 4374 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4375 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4376 } 4377 } 4378 4379 namespace { 4380 struct NonCLikeKind { 4381 enum { 4382 None, 4383 BaseClass, 4384 DefaultMemberInit, 4385 Lambda, 4386 Friend, 4387 OtherMember, 4388 Invalid, 4389 } Kind = None; 4390 SourceRange Range; 4391 4392 explicit operator bool() { return Kind != None; } 4393 }; 4394 } 4395 4396 /// Determine whether a class is C-like, according to the rules of C++ 4397 /// [dcl.typedef] for anonymous classes with typedef names for linkage. 4398 static NonCLikeKind getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 4399 if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) 4400 return {NonCLikeKind::Invalid, {}}; 4401 4402 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1] 4403 // An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall not 4404 // 4405 // -- have any base classes 4406 if (RD->getNumBases()) 4407 return {NonCLikeKind::BaseClass, 4408 SourceRange(RD->bases_begin()->getBeginLoc(), 4409 RD->bases_end()[-1].getEndLoc())}; 4410 bool Invalid = false; 4411 for (Decl *D : RD->decls()) { 4412 // Don't complain about things we already diagnosed. 4413 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) { 4414 Invalid = true; 4415 continue; 4416 } 4417 4418 // -- have any [...] default member initializers 4419 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) { 4420 if (FD->hasInClassInitializer()) { 4421 auto *Init = FD->getInClassInitializer(); 4422 return {NonCLikeKind::DefaultMemberInit, 4423 Init ? Init->getSourceRange() : D->getSourceRange()}; 4424 } 4425 continue; 4426 } 4427 4428 // FIXME: We don't allow friend declarations. This violates the wording of 4429 // P1766, but not the intent. 4430 if (isa<FriendDecl>(D)) 4431 return {NonCLikeKind::Friend, D->getSourceRange()}; 4432 4433 // -- declare any members other than non-static data members, member 4434 // enumerations, or member classes, 4435 if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D) || 4436 isa<EnumDecl>(D)) 4437 continue; 4438 auto *MemberRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 4439 if (!MemberRD) { 4440 if (D->isImplicit()) 4441 continue; 4442 return {NonCLikeKind::OtherMember, D->getSourceRange()}; 4443 } 4444 4445 // -- contain a lambda-expression, 4446 if (MemberRD->isLambda()) 4447 return {NonCLikeKind::Lambda, MemberRD->getSourceRange()}; 4448 4449 // and all member classes shall also satisfy these requirements 4450 // (recursively). 4451 if (MemberRD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4452 if (auto Kind = getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(MemberRD)) 4453 return Kind; 4454 } 4455 } 4456 4457 return {Invalid ? NonCLikeKind::Invalid : NonCLikeKind::None, {}}; 4458 } 4459 4460 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4461 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4462 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4463 return; 4464 4465 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4466 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4467 return; 4468 4469 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4470 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4471 4472 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4473 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4474 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4475 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4476 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4477 return; 4478 } 4479 4480 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1, applied as DR] 4481 // An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall [be 4482 // C-like]. 4483 // 4484 // FIXME: Also diagnose if we've already computed the linkage. That ideally 4485 // shouldn't happen, but there are constructs that the language rule doesn't 4486 // disallow for which we can't reasonably avoid computing linkage early. 4487 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagFromDeclSpec); 4488 NonCLikeKind NonCLike = RD ? getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(RD) 4489 : NonCLikeKind(); 4490 bool ChangesLinkage = TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed(); 4491 if (NonCLike || ChangesLinkage) { 4492 if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::Invalid) 4493 return; 4494 4495 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef; 4496 if (ChangesLinkage) { 4497 // If the linkage changes, we can't accept this as an extension. 4498 if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::None) 4499 DiagID = diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage; 4500 else 4501 DiagID = diag::err_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef; 4502 } 4503 4504 SourceLocation FixitLoc = 4505 getLocForEndOfToken(TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart()); 4506 llvm::SmallString<40> TextToInsert; 4507 TextToInsert += ' '; 4508 TextToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4509 4510 Diag(FixitLoc, DiagID) 4511 << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD) 4512 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixitLoc, TextToInsert); 4513 if (NonCLike.Kind != NonCLikeKind::None) { 4514 Diag(NonCLike.Range.getBegin(), diag::note_non_c_like_anon_struct) 4515 << NonCLike.Kind - 1 << NonCLike.Range; 4516 } 4517 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::note_typedef_for_linkage_here) 4518 << NewTD << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD); 4519 4520 if (ChangesLinkage) 4521 return; 4522 } 4523 4524 // Otherwise, set this as the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4525 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4526 } 4527 4528 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4529 switch (T) { 4530 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4531 return 0; 4532 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4533 return 1; 4534 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4535 return 2; 4536 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4537 return 3; 4538 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4539 return 4; 4540 default: 4541 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4542 } 4543 } 4544 4545 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4546 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4547 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4548 Decl * 4549 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4550 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4551 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4552 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4553 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4554 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4555 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4556 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4557 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4558 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4559 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4560 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4561 4562 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4563 return nullptr; 4564 4565 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4566 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4567 // it's a Type. 4568 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4569 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4570 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4571 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4572 } 4573 4574 if (Tag) { 4575 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4576 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4577 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4578 return Tag; 4579 } 4580 4581 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4582 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4583 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4584 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4585 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4586 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4587 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4588 } 4589 4590 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4591 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4592 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 4593 4594 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) { 4595 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4596 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4597 // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to 4598 // the declaration of a function or function template 4599 if (Tag) 4600 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4601 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) 4602 << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier()); 4603 else 4604 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 4605 << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier()); 4606 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4607 return TagD; 4608 } 4609 4610 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4611 4612 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4613 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4614 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4615 if (TagD && !Tag) 4616 return nullptr; 4617 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4618 } 4619 4620 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4621 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4622 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4623 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4624 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4625 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4626 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4627 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4628 // or an explicit specialization. 4629 // 4630 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4631 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4632 // 4633 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4634 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4635 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4636 return nullptr; 4637 } 4638 4639 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4640 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4641 4642 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4643 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4644 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4645 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4646 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4647 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4648 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4649 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4650 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4651 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4652 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4653 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4654 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4655 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4656 AnonRecord = Record; 4657 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4658 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4659 } 4660 4661 DeclaresAnything = false; 4662 } 4663 } 4664 4665 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4666 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4667 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4668 // 4669 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4670 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4671 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4672 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4673 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4674 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4675 // struct STRUCT; 4676 // union UNION; 4677 // and 4678 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4679 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4680 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4681 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4682 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4683 if (Tag) 4684 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4685 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4686 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4687 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4688 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4689 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4690 4691 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4692 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4693 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4694 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4695 } 4696 4697 DeclaresAnything = false; 4698 } 4699 } 4700 4701 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4702 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4703 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4704 return TagD; 4705 4706 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4707 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4708 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4709 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4710 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4711 DeclaresAnything = false; 4712 4713 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4714 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4715 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4716 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4717 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4718 else 4719 DeclaresAnything = false; 4720 } 4721 4722 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4723 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4724 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4725 << Tag->getTagKind() 4726 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4727 4728 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4729 4730 // C 6.7/2: 4731 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4732 // or the members of an enumeration. 4733 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4734 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4735 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4736 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4737 // previous declaration. 4738 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4739 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4740 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4741 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), (IsExplicitInstantiation || !TemplateParams.empty()) 4742 ? diag::err_no_declarators 4743 : diag::ext_no_declarators) 4744 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4745 return TagD; 4746 } 4747 4748 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4749 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4750 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4751 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4752 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4753 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4754 // 4755 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4756 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4757 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4758 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4759 4760 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4761 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4762 // useless. 4763 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4764 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4765 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4766 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4767 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4768 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4769 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4770 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4771 } 4772 4773 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4774 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4775 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4776 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4777 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4778 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4779 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4780 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4781 // Restrict is covered above. 4782 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4783 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4784 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4785 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4786 } 4787 4788 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4789 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4790 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4791 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4792 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4793 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4794 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4795 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4796 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4797 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4798 for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes()) 4799 Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4800 << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4801 } 4802 } 4803 4804 return TagD; 4805 } 4806 4807 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4808 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4809 /// 4810 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4811 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4812 Scope *S, 4813 DeclContext *Owner, 4814 DeclarationName Name, 4815 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4816 bool IsUnion) { 4817 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4818 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 4819 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4820 4821 // Pick a representative declaration. 4822 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4823 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4824 4825 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4826 return false; 4827 4828 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4829 << IsUnion << Name; 4830 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4831 4832 return true; 4833 } 4834 4835 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4836 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4837 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4838 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4839 /// struct, e.g., 4840 /// 4841 /// @code 4842 /// union { 4843 /// int i; 4844 /// float f; 4845 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4846 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4847 /// @endcode 4848 /// 4849 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4850 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4851 static bool 4852 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4853 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4854 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4855 bool Invalid = false; 4856 4857 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4858 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4859 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4860 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4861 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4862 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4863 VD->getLocation(), 4864 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4865 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4866 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4867 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4868 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4869 Invalid = true; 4870 } else { 4871 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4872 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4873 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4874 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4875 // anonymous union is declared. 4876 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4877 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4878 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4879 else 4880 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4881 4882 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4883 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4884 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4885 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4886 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4887 4888 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4889 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4890 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4891 4892 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4893 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4894 4895 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4896 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4897 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4898 4899 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4900 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4901 4902 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4903 } 4904 } 4905 } 4906 4907 return Invalid; 4908 } 4909 4910 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4911 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4912 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4913 static StorageClass 4914 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4915 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4916 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4917 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4918 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4919 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4920 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4921 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4922 return SC_None; 4923 return SC_Extern; 4924 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4925 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4926 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4927 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4928 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4929 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4930 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4931 } 4932 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4933 } 4934 4935 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4936 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4937 4938 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4939 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4940 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4941 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4942 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4943 return FD->getLocation(); 4944 } 4945 4946 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4947 } 4948 4949 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4950 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4951 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4952 return; 4953 4954 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4955 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4956 } 4957 4958 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4959 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4960 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4961 return; 4962 4963 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4964 } 4965 4966 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4967 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4968 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4969 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4970 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4971 AccessSpecifier AS, 4972 RecordDecl *Record, 4973 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4974 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4975 4976 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4977 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4978 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4979 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4980 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4981 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4982 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4983 4984 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4985 // structs/unions. 4986 bool Invalid = false; 4987 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4988 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4989 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4990 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4991 // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2: 4992 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4993 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4994 unsigned DiagID; 4995 DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext(); 4996 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4997 (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() || 4998 (OwnerScope->isNamespace() && 4999 !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) { 5000 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 5001 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 5002 5003 // Recover by adding 'static'. 5004 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 5005 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 5006 } 5007 // C++ [class.union]p6: 5008 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 5009 // anonymous union in a class scope. 5010 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5011 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 5012 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5013 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 5014 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5015 5016 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 5017 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 5018 SourceLocation(), 5019 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 5020 } 5021 } 5022 5023 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 5024 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 5025 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 5026 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5027 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 5028 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 5029 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 5030 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 5031 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5032 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 5033 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 5034 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 5035 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 5036 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5037 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 5038 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 5039 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 5040 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 5041 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5042 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 5043 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 5044 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 5045 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 5046 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 5047 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 5048 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 5049 5050 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 5051 } 5052 5053 // C++ [class.union]p2: 5054 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 5055 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 5056 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 5057 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 5058 // Ignore invalid declarations; we already diagnosed them. 5059 if (Mem->isInvalidDecl()) 5060 continue; 5061 5062 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 5063 // C++ [class.union]p3: 5064 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 5065 // members (clause 11). 5066 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 5067 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 5068 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 5069 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 5070 Invalid = true; 5071 } 5072 5073 // C++ [class.union]p1 5074 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 5075 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 5076 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 5077 // array of such objects. 5078 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 5079 Invalid = true; 5080 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 5081 // Any implicit members are fine. 5082 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 5083 // This is a type that showed up in an 5084 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 5085 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 5086 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 5087 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 5088 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 5089 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 5090 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 5091 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 5092 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 5093 << Record->isUnion(); 5094 else { 5095 // This is a nested type declaration. 5096 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 5097 << Record->isUnion(); 5098 Invalid = true; 5099 } 5100 } else { 5101 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 5102 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 5103 // not part of standard C++. 5104 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 5105 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 5106 << Record->isUnion(); 5107 } 5108 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 5109 // Any access specifier is fine. 5110 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 5111 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 5112 } else { 5113 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 5114 // member. Complain about it. 5115 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 5116 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 5117 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 5118 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 5119 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 5120 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 5121 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 5122 5123 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 5124 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 5125 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 5126 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 5127 << Record->isUnion(); 5128 else { 5129 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 5130 Invalid = true; 5131 } 5132 } 5133 } 5134 5135 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 5136 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 5137 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 5138 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 5139 Owner->isRecord()) 5140 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 5141 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 5142 } 5143 5144 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 5145 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 5146 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 5147 Invalid = true; 5148 } 5149 5150 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 5151 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 5152 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 5153 // names into the program 5154 // C++ [class.mem]p2: 5155 // each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member 5156 // name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field 5157 // 5158 // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere. 5159 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty()) 5160 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 5161 5162 // Mock up a declarator. 5163 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::Member); 5164 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 5165 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 5166 5167 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 5168 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 5169 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 5170 Anon = FieldDecl::Create( 5171 Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(), 5172 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, 5173 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 5174 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 5175 Anon->setAccess(AS); 5176 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc); 5177 5178 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5179 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 5180 } else { 5181 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 5182 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 5183 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5184 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5185 // an error here 5186 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5187 Invalid = true; 5188 SC = SC_None; 5189 } 5190 5191 assert(DS.getAttributes().empty() && "No attribute expected"); 5192 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(), 5193 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 5194 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC); 5195 5196 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 5197 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 5198 // initializer: 5199 // union { int n = 0; }; 5200 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 5201 } 5202 Anon->setImplicit(); 5203 5204 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 5205 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 5206 5207 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 5208 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 5209 // its members. 5210 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 5211 5212 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 5213 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 5214 // purposes. 5215 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 5216 Chain.push_back(Anon); 5217 5218 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 5219 Invalid = true; 5220 5221 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 5222 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5223 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 5224 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5225 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 5226 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext()); 5227 if (MCtx) { 5228 Context.setManglingNumber( 5229 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 5230 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 5231 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5232 } 5233 } 5234 } 5235 5236 if (Invalid) 5237 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 5238 5239 return Anon; 5240 } 5241 5242 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 5243 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 5244 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 5245 /// Example: 5246 /// 5247 /// struct A { int a; }; 5248 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 5249 /// 5250 /// void foo() { 5251 /// B var; 5252 /// var.a = 3; 5253 /// } 5254 /// 5255 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 5256 RecordDecl *Record) { 5257 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 5258 5259 // Mock up a declarator. 5260 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeName); 5261 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 5262 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 5263 5264 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 5265 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5266 5267 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 5268 NamedDecl *Anon = 5269 FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(), 5270 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo, 5271 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 5272 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 5273 Anon->setImplicit(); 5274 5275 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 5276 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 5277 5278 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 5279 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 5280 // purposes. 5281 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 5282 Chain.push_back(Anon); 5283 5284 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 5285 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 5286 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless) || 5287 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 5288 AS_none, Chain)) { 5289 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 5290 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5291 } 5292 5293 return Anon; 5294 } 5295 5296 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 5297 /// given Declarator. 5298 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 5299 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 5300 } 5301 5302 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 5303 DeclarationNameInfo 5304 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 5305 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 5306 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5307 5308 switch (Name.getKind()) { 5309 5310 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 5311 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 5312 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 5313 return NameInfo; 5314 5315 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 5316 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 5317 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 5318 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 5319 // of the simple-template-id. 5320 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 5321 // class template. 5322 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 5323 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 5324 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 5325 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 5326 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 5327 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 5328 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 5329 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 5330 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 5331 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 5332 if (Template) 5333 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 5334 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5335 } 5336 5337 NameInfo.setName( 5338 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 5339 return NameInfo; 5340 } 5341 5342 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 5343 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 5344 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 5345 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 5346 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 5347 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 5348 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 5349 return NameInfo; 5350 5351 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 5352 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 5353 Name.Identifier)); 5354 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 5355 return NameInfo; 5356 5357 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 5358 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5359 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 5360 if (Ty.isNull()) 5361 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5362 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 5363 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5364 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5365 return NameInfo; 5366 } 5367 5368 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: { 5369 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5370 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 5371 if (Ty.isNull()) 5372 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5373 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5374 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5375 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5376 return NameInfo; 5377 } 5378 5379 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 5380 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 5381 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 5382 // to find the actual type being constructed. 5383 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 5384 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 5385 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5386 5387 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 5388 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 5389 5390 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 5391 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 5392 // was qualified. 5393 5394 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5395 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 5396 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 5397 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 5398 return NameInfo; 5399 } 5400 5401 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: { 5402 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5403 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 5404 if (Ty.isNull()) 5405 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5406 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5407 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5408 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5409 return NameInfo; 5410 } 5411 5412 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: { 5413 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 5414 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 5415 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 5416 } 5417 5418 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 5419 5420 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 5421 } 5422 5423 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 5424 do { 5425 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 5426 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 5427 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5428 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 5429 else 5430 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 5431 } while (true); 5432 } 5433 5434 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 5435 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 5436 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 5437 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 5438 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 5439 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 5440 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 5441 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 5442 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 5443 FunctionDecl *Definition, 5444 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 5445 Params.clear(); 5446 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 5447 return false; 5448 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 5449 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5450 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5451 5452 // The parameter types are identical 5453 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 5454 continue; 5455 5456 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 5457 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 5458 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5459 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5460 5461 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 5462 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 5463 Params.push_back(Idx); 5464 else // The two parameters aren't even close 5465 return false; 5466 } 5467 5468 return true; 5469 } 5470 5471 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5472 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5473 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5474 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5475 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5476 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5477 DeclarationName Name) { 5478 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5479 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5480 // - types which will become injected class names 5481 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5482 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5483 // few cases here. 5484 5485 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5486 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5487 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5488 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5489 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5490 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5491 // Grab the type from the parser. 5492 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5493 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5494 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 5495 5496 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5497 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5498 // attached already. 5499 if (!TSI) 5500 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5501 5502 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5503 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5504 if (!TSI) return true; 5505 5506 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5507 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5508 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5509 break; 5510 } 5511 5512 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5513 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5514 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5515 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5516 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5517 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5518 break; 5519 } 5520 5521 default: 5522 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5523 break; 5524 } 5525 5526 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5527 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5528 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5529 5530 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5531 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5532 // pointer. 5533 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5534 continue; 5535 5536 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5537 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5538 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5539 return true; 5540 } 5541 5542 return false; 5543 } 5544 5545 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5546 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration); 5547 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5548 5549 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5550 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5551 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5552 5553 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5554 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5555 5556 return Dcl; 5557 } 5558 5559 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5560 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5561 /// name different from T: 5562 /// - every static data member of class T; 5563 /// - every member function of class T 5564 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5565 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5566 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5567 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5568 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5569 5570 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5571 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5572 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5573 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5574 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5575 return true; 5576 } 5577 5578 return false; 5579 } 5580 5581 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5582 /// nested-name-specifier. 5583 /// 5584 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5585 /// 5586 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5587 /// resolves. 5588 /// 5589 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5590 /// 5591 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5592 /// 5593 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus 5594 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation. 5595 /// 5596 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5597 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5598 DeclarationName Name, 5599 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) { 5600 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5601 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5602 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5603 5604 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5605 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5606 // 5607 // class X { 5608 // void X::f(); 5609 // }; 5610 // 5611 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5612 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5613 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5614 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5615 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5616 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5617 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5618 SS.clear(); 5619 } else { 5620 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5621 } 5622 return false; 5623 } 5624 5625 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5626 // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in 5627 // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope. 5628 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) { 5629 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5630 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5631 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5632 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5633 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5634 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5635 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5636 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5637 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5638 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5639 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5640 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5641 else 5642 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5643 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5644 5645 return true; 5646 } 5647 5648 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5649 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5650 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5651 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5652 SS.clear(); 5653 5654 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5655 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5656 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5657 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5658 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5659 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5660 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5661 return true; 5662 5663 return false; 5664 } 5665 5666 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5667 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5668 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5669 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5670 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5671 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5672 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5673 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5674 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5675 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5676 5677 return false; 5678 } 5679 5680 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5681 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5682 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5683 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5684 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5685 5686 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5687 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5688 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5689 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5690 } else if (!Name) { 5691 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5692 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5693 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5694 return nullptr; 5695 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5696 return nullptr; 5697 5698 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5699 // we find one that is. 5700 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5701 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5702 S = S->getParent(); 5703 5704 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5705 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5706 D.setInvalidType(); 5707 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5708 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5709 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5710 return nullptr; 5711 5712 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5713 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5714 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5715 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5716 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5717 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5718 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5719 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5720 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5721 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5722 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5723 return nullptr; 5724 } 5725 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5726 5727 if (!IsDependentContext && 5728 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5729 return nullptr; 5730 5731 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5732 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5733 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5734 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5735 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5736 return nullptr; 5737 } 5738 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5739 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration( 5740 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5741 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) { 5742 if (DC->isRecord()) 5743 return nullptr; 5744 5745 D.setInvalidType(); 5746 } 5747 } 5748 5749 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5750 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5751 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5752 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5753 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5754 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5755 D.setInvalidType(); 5756 } 5757 } 5758 5759 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5760 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5761 5762 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5763 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5764 D.setInvalidType(); 5765 5766 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5767 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 5768 5769 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5770 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5771 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5772 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5773 5774 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5775 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5776 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5777 // 5778 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5779 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5780 // the same name. 5781 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5782 /* Do nothing*/; 5783 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5784 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5785 R->isFunctionType())) { 5786 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5787 CreateBuiltins = 5788 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5789 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5790 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5791 CreateBuiltins = true; 5792 5793 if (IsLinkageLookup) { 5794 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5795 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); 5796 } 5797 5798 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5799 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5800 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5801 5802 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5803 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5804 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5805 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5806 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5807 // thereof; [...] 5808 // 5809 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5810 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5811 // we want to match. For example, given: 5812 // 5813 // class X { 5814 // void f(); 5815 // void f(float); 5816 // }; 5817 // 5818 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5819 // 5820 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5821 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5822 // matches. 5823 5824 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5825 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5826 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5827 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5828 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5829 } 5830 5831 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5832 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5833 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5834 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5835 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5836 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5837 5838 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5839 Previous.clear(); 5840 } 5841 5842 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5843 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. 5844 Previous.clear(); 5845 5846 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5847 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5848 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and 5849 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. 5850 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5851 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5852 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) 5853 Previous.clear(); 5854 5855 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5856 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5857 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5858 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5859 5860 NamedDecl *New; 5861 5862 bool AddToScope = true; 5863 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5864 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5865 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5866 return nullptr; 5867 } 5868 5869 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5870 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5871 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5872 TemplateParamLists, 5873 AddToScope); 5874 } else { 5875 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5876 AddToScope); 5877 } 5878 5879 if (!New) 5880 return nullptr; 5881 5882 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5883 // add it to the scope stack. 5884 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) 5885 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 5886 5887 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5888 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5889 5890 return New; 5891 } 5892 5893 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5894 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5895 /// GCC compatibility). 5896 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5897 ASTContext &Context, 5898 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5899 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5900 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5901 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5902 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5903 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5904 SizeIsNegative = false; 5905 Oversized = 0; 5906 5907 if (T->isDependentType()) 5908 return QualType(); 5909 5910 QualifierCollector Qs; 5911 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5912 5913 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5914 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5915 QualType FixedType = 5916 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5917 Oversized); 5918 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5919 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5920 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5921 } 5922 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5923 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5924 QualType FixedType = 5925 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5926 Oversized); 5927 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5928 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5929 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5930 } 5931 5932 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5933 if (!VLATy) 5934 return QualType(); 5935 5936 QualType ElemTy = VLATy->getElementType(); 5937 if (ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5938 ElemTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(ElemTy, Context, 5939 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5940 if (ElemTy.isNull()) 5941 return QualType(); 5942 } 5943 5944 Expr::EvalResult Result; 5945 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5946 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) 5947 return QualType(); 5948 5949 llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt(); 5950 5951 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5952 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5953 SizeIsNegative = true; 5954 return QualType(); 5955 } 5956 5957 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5958 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 5959 (!ElemTy->isDependentType() && !ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType() && 5960 !ElemTy->isIncompleteType() && !ElemTy->isUndeducedType()) 5961 ? ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, ElemTy, Res) 5962 : Res.getActiveBits(); 5963 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5964 Oversized = Res; 5965 return QualType(); 5966 } 5967 5968 return Context.getConstantArrayType(ElemTy, Res, VLATy->getSizeExpr(), 5969 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5970 } 5971 5972 static void 5973 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5974 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5975 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5976 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5977 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5978 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5979 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5980 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5981 return; 5982 } 5983 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5984 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5985 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5986 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5987 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5988 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5989 return; 5990 } 5991 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5992 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5993 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5994 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5995 if (VariableArrayTypeLoc SrcElemATL = 5996 SrcElemTL.getAs<VariableArrayTypeLoc>()) { 5997 ConstantArrayTypeLoc DstElemATL = DstElemTL.castAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>(); 5998 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcElemATL, DstElemATL); 5999 } else { 6000 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 6001 } 6002 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 6003 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 6004 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 6005 } 6006 6007 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 6008 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 6009 /// GCC compatibility). 6010 static TypeSourceInfo* 6011 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6012 ASTContext &Context, 6013 bool &SizeIsNegative, 6014 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 6015 QualType FixedTy 6016 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 6017 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6018 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 6019 return nullptr; 6020 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 6021 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 6022 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 6023 return FixedTInfo; 6024 } 6025 6026 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 6027 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 6028 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 6029 /// function-scope declarations. 6030 void 6031 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 6032 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6033 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6034 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 6035 return; 6036 6037 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 6038 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 6039 } 6040 6041 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 6042 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 6043 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 6044 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 6045 } 6046 6047 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 6048 /// does not identify a function. 6049 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 6050 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 6051 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 6052 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 6053 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6054 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6055 6056 if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier()) 6057 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6058 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 6059 6060 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 6061 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6062 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 6063 } 6064 6065 NamedDecl* 6066 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 6067 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 6068 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6069 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6070 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 6071 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6072 D.setInvalidType(); 6073 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 6074 DC = CurContext; 6075 Previous.clear(); 6076 } 6077 6078 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6079 6080 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 6081 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6082 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 6083 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 6084 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 6085 << 1 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()); 6086 6087 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { 6088 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) 6089 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 6090 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 6091 << "typedef"; 6092 else 6093 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 6094 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 6095 return nullptr; 6096 } 6097 6098 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 6099 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 6100 6101 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6102 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 6103 6104 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 6105 6106 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 6107 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 6108 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 6109 return ND; 6110 } 6111 6112 void 6113 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 6114 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 6115 // then it shall have block scope. 6116 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 6117 // that redeclarations will match. 6118 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6119 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6120 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6121 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6122 6123 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6124 bool SizeIsNegative; 6125 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6126 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6127 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6128 SizeIsNegative, 6129 Oversized); 6130 if (FixedTInfo) { 6131 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant); 6132 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6133 } else { 6134 if (SizeIsNegative) 6135 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6136 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 6137 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 6138 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6139 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 6140 << Oversized.toString(10); 6141 else 6142 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6143 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6144 } 6145 } 6146 } 6147 } 6148 6149 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 6150 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 6151 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 6152 NamedDecl* 6153 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 6154 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 6155 6156 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6157 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 6158 6159 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 6160 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 6161 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 6162 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 6163 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 6164 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6165 Redeclaration = true; 6166 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 6167 } else { 6168 inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD); 6169 } 6170 6171 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 6172 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6173 6174 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6175 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 6176 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 6177 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6178 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 6179 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 6180 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 6181 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 6182 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 6183 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 6184 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 6185 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 6186 } 6187 6188 return NewTD; 6189 } 6190 6191 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 6192 /// previous declaration. 6193 /// 6194 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 6195 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 6196 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 6197 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 6198 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 6199 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 6200 /// 6201 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 6202 /// lookup 6203 /// 6204 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 6205 /// declared. 6206 /// 6207 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 6208 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 6209 static bool 6210 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 6211 ASTContext &Context) { 6212 if (!PrevDecl) 6213 return false; 6214 6215 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 6216 return false; 6217 6218 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6219 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 6220 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 6221 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 6222 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 6223 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 6224 // linkage of the previous declaration. 6225 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 6226 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6227 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 6228 return false; 6229 6230 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 6231 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 6232 // We found a member function: ignore it. 6233 return false; 6234 6235 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 6236 // previous declarations. 6237 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6238 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6239 6240 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 6241 // isn't the same function. 6242 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 6243 return false; 6244 } 6245 6246 return true; 6247 } 6248 6249 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 6250 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 6251 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 6252 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context)); 6253 } 6254 6255 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 6256 QualType type = decl->getType(); 6257 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 6258 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 6259 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 6260 unsigned kind = -1U; 6261 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 6262 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6263 kind = 0; // __block 6264 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 6265 kind = 1; // global 6266 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 6267 kind = 3; // ivar 6268 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 6269 kind = 2; // field 6270 } 6271 6272 if (kind != -1U) { 6273 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 6274 << kind; 6275 } 6276 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6277 // Try to infer lifetime. 6278 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 6279 return false; 6280 6281 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6282 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 6283 decl->setType(type); 6284 } 6285 6286 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 6287 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 6288 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 6289 var->getTLSKind()) { 6290 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 6291 << var->getType(); 6292 return true; 6293 } 6294 } 6295 6296 return false; 6297 } 6298 6299 void Sema::deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *Decl) { 6300 if (Decl->getType().hasAddressSpace()) 6301 return; 6302 if (Decl->getType()->isDependentType()) 6303 return; 6304 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 6305 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6306 if (Type->isSamplerT() || Type->isVoidType()) 6307 return; 6308 LangAS ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_private; 6309 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus || getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) && 6310 Var->hasGlobalStorage()) 6311 ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_global; 6312 // If the original type from a decayed type is an array type and that array 6313 // type has no address space yet, deduce it now. 6314 if (auto DT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(Type)) { 6315 auto OrigTy = DT->getOriginalType(); 6316 if (!OrigTy.hasAddressSpace() && OrigTy->isArrayType()) { 6317 // Add the address space to the original array type and then propagate 6318 // that to the element type through `getAsArrayType`. 6319 OrigTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(OrigTy, ImplAS); 6320 OrigTy = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy), 0); 6321 // Re-generate the decayed type. 6322 Type = Context.getDecayedType(OrigTy); 6323 } 6324 } 6325 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ImplAS); 6326 // Apply any qualifiers (including address space) from the array type to 6327 // the element type. This implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of 6328 // an array type includes any type qualifiers, the element type is so 6329 // qualified, not the array type." 6330 if (Type->isArrayType()) 6331 Type = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(Type), 0); 6332 Decl->setType(Type); 6333 } 6334 } 6335 6336 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 6337 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 6338 // the wrong linkage. 6339 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 6340 6341 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 6342 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 6343 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6344 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 6345 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 6346 } 6347 } 6348 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 6349 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6350 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 6351 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 6352 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 6353 } 6354 } 6355 6356 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 6357 if (VD->hasInit()) { 6358 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 6359 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 6360 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 6361 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 6362 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 6363 } 6364 } 6365 } 6366 6367 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 6368 // It does not apply to functions. 6369 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 6370 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6371 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 6372 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 6373 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 6374 } 6375 } 6376 6377 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 6378 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 6379 bool IsAnonymousNS = false; 6380 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6381 if (VD) { 6382 const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext()); 6383 while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) { 6384 IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace(); 6385 NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent()); 6386 } 6387 } 6388 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 6389 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 6390 // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have 6391 // external linkage in order to be exported. 6392 bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft; 6393 if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) || 6394 (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode && 6395 (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) { 6396 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 6397 << &ND << Attr; 6398 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 6399 } 6400 } 6401 6402 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 6403 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 6404 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 6405 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 6406 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 6407 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 6408 << Attr; 6409 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 6410 } 6411 6412 // Check the attributes on the function type, if any. 6413 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) { 6414 // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement; 6415 // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the 6416 // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769. 6417 AttributedTypeLoc ATL; 6418 for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); 6419 (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>()); 6420 TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) { 6421 // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object 6422 // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor) 6423 // by applying it to the function type. 6424 if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) { 6425 const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6426 if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) { 6427 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param) 6428 << !MD << A->getRange(); 6429 } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 6430 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor) 6431 << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange(); 6432 } 6433 } 6434 } 6435 } 6436 } 6437 6438 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 6439 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 6440 bool IsSpecialization, 6441 bool IsDefinition) { 6442 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6443 return; 6444 6445 bool IsTemplate = false; 6446 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6447 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6448 IsTemplate = true; 6449 if (!IsSpecialization) 6450 IsDefinition = false; 6451 } 6452 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6453 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6454 IsTemplate = true; 6455 } 6456 6457 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 6458 return; 6459 6460 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6461 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6462 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6463 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6464 6465 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 6466 // inherited attribute instances. 6467 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 6468 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 6469 6470 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 6471 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 6472 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 6473 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 6474 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 6475 6476 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 6477 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 6478 bool JustWarn = false; 6479 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 6480 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 6481 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6482 JustWarn = true; 6483 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 6484 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 6485 JustWarn = true; 6486 } 6487 6488 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 6489 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 6490 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 6491 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 6492 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 6493 JustWarn = false; 6494 6495 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 6496 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 6497 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 6498 << NewDecl 6499 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 6500 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6501 if (!JustWarn) { 6502 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6503 return; 6504 } 6505 } 6506 6507 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 6508 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 6509 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 6510 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 6511 // it were marked dllexport. 6512 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 6513 bool IsMicrosoftABI = S.Context.getTargetInfo().shouldDLLImportComdatSymbols(); 6514 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6515 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 6516 // separately. 6517 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 6518 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 6519 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 6520 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6521 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 6522 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 6523 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 6524 } 6525 6526 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 6527 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoftABI && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 6528 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 6529 if (IsMicrosoftABI && IsDefinition) { 6530 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6531 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 6532 << NewDecl; 6533 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6534 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6535 NewDecl->addAttr( 6536 DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange())); 6537 } else { 6538 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6539 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6540 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6541 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6542 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6543 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6544 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6545 } 6546 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoftABI) { 6547 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport 6548 // attribute. 6549 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6550 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6551 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6552 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6553 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6554 } 6555 6556 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here 6557 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the 6558 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically 6559 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. 6560 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6561 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && 6562 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { 6563 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = 6564 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 6565 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); 6566 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 6567 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); 6568 } 6569 } 6570 } 6571 } 6572 6573 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6574 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6575 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6576 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6577 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6578 6579 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6580 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6581 6582 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6583 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6584 return false; 6585 6586 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6587 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6588 } 6589 6590 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6591 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6592 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6593 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6594 /// 6595 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6596 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6597 /// 6598 /// For instance: 6599 /// 6600 /// auto x = []{}; 6601 /// 6602 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6603 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6604 /// 6605 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6606 template<typename T> 6607 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6608 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6609 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6610 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6611 return false; 6612 6613 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6614 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6615 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6616 return false; 6617 } 6618 return D->isExternC(); 6619 } 6620 6621 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6622 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6623 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || 6624 isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6625 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6626 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6627 return true; 6628 if (DC->isRecord()) 6629 return false; 6630 if (isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(DC)) 6631 return false; 6632 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6633 } 6634 6635 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6636 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6637 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6638 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6639 return true; 6640 if (DC->isRecord()) 6641 return false; 6642 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6643 } 6644 6645 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6646 ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) { 6647 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6648 if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6649 return true; 6650 6651 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6652 // position to the decl itself. 6653 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6654 if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6655 return true; 6656 } 6657 6658 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6659 return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind); 6660 } 6661 6662 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6663 /// function-local external declaration. 6664 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6665 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6666 return false; 6667 6668 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6669 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6670 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6671 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6672 return true; 6673 6674 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6675 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6676 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6677 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6678 // 6679 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6680 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6681 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6682 DC = DC->getParent(); 6683 return true; 6684 } 6685 6686 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6687 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6688 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6689 return FD->isExternC(); 6690 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6691 return VD->isExternC(); 6692 6693 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6694 } 6695 /// Returns true if there hasn't been any invalid type diagnosed. 6696 static bool diagnoseOpenCLTypes(Scope *S, Sema &Se, Declarator &D, 6697 DeclContext *DC, QualType R) { 6698 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6699 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6700 // argument. 6701 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6702 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6703 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6704 << R; 6705 D.setInvalidType(); 6706 return false; 6707 } 6708 6709 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6710 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6711 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6712 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program 6713 // scope. 6714 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6715 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6716 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6717 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) 6718 << R; 6719 D.setInvalidType(); 6720 return false; 6721 } 6722 } 6723 6724 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6725 QualType NR = R; 6726 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6727 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6728 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6729 D.setInvalidType(); 6730 return false; 6731 } 6732 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6733 } 6734 6735 if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6736 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6737 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6738 if (Se.Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6739 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6740 D.setInvalidType(); 6741 return false; 6742 } 6743 } 6744 6745 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6746 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6747 // address space qualifiers. 6748 if (R->isEventT()) { 6749 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 6750 Se.Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6751 D.setInvalidType(); 6752 return false; 6753 } 6754 } 6755 6756 // C++ for OpenCL does not allow the thread_local storage qualifier. 6757 // OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and 6758 // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers. 6759 DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec(); 6760 if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) { 6761 bool IsCXX = Se.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; 6762 Se.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6763 diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier) 6764 << IsCXX << Se.getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString() 6765 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1; 6766 D.setInvalidType(); 6767 return false; 6768 } 6769 6770 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6771 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6772 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6773 // space qualifiers. 6774 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6775 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6776 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6777 D.setInvalidType(); 6778 } 6779 6780 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6781 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6782 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6783 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6784 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6785 R.isConstQualified())) { 6786 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6787 D.setInvalidType(); 6788 } 6789 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6790 return false; 6791 } 6792 return true; 6793 } 6794 6795 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6796 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6797 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6798 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6799 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6800 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6801 6802 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6803 6804 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6805 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6806 // purposes. 6807 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6808 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6809 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6810 Name = II; 6811 } 6812 } else if (!II) { 6813 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6814 return nullptr; 6815 } 6816 6817 6818 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6819 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6820 6821 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6822 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6823 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6824 hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) && 6825 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport)) 6826 SC = SC_Extern; 6827 6828 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6829 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6830 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6831 6832 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6833 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6834 // an error here 6835 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6836 D.setInvalidType(); 6837 SC = SC_None; 6838 } 6839 6840 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6841 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6842 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6843 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6844 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6845 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6846 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6847 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6848 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6849 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6850 } 6851 6852 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6853 6854 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6855 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6856 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6857 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6858 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6859 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6860 D.setInvalidType(); 6861 } 6862 } 6863 6864 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6865 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6866 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6867 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6868 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6869 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6870 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6871 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6872 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6873 II, R, TInfo, SC); 6874 6875 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6876 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6877 6878 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6879 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6880 6881 if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() && 6882 NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6883 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(), 6884 NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct); 6885 } else { 6886 bool Invalid = false; 6887 6888 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6889 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6890 switch (SC) { 6891 case SC_None: 6892 break; 6893 case SC_Static: 6894 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6895 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6896 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6897 break; 6898 case SC_Auto: 6899 case SC_Register: 6900 case SC_Extern: 6901 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6902 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6903 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6904 // of class members 6905 6906 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6907 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6908 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6909 break; 6910 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6911 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6912 } 6913 } 6914 6915 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6916 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6917 // Walk up the enclosing DeclContexts to check for any that are 6918 // incompatible with static data members. 6919 const DeclContext *FunctionOrMethod = nullptr; 6920 const CXXRecordDecl *AnonStruct = nullptr; 6921 for (DeclContext *Ctxt = DC; Ctxt; Ctxt = Ctxt->getParent()) { 6922 if (Ctxt->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6923 FunctionOrMethod = Ctxt; 6924 break; 6925 } 6926 const CXXRecordDecl *ParentDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctxt); 6927 if (ParentDecl && !ParentDecl->getDeclName()) { 6928 AnonStruct = ParentDecl; 6929 break; 6930 } 6931 } 6932 if (FunctionOrMethod) { 6933 // C++ [class.static.data]p5: A local class shall not have static data 6934 // members. 6935 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6936 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6937 << Name << RD->getDeclName() << RD->getTagKind(); 6938 } else if (AnonStruct) { 6939 // C++ [class.static.data]p4: Unnamed classes and classes contained 6940 // directly or indirectly within unnamed classes shall not contain 6941 // static data members. 6942 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6943 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6944 << Name << AnonStruct->getTagKind(); 6945 Invalid = true; 6946 } else if (RD->isUnion()) { 6947 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6948 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6949 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6950 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6951 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6952 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6953 } 6954 } 6955 } 6956 6957 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6958 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6959 bool InvalidScope = false; 6960 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6961 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6962 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6963 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 6964 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6965 : nullptr, 6966 TemplateParamLists, 6967 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, InvalidScope); 6968 Invalid |= InvalidScope; 6969 6970 if (TemplateParams) { 6971 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6972 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6973 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6974 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6975 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6976 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6977 << II 6978 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6979 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6980 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6981 } else { 6982 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6983 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6984 return nullptr; 6985 6986 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6987 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6988 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6989 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6990 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6991 // This is a template declaration. 6992 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6993 6994 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6995 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6996 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6997 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6998 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6999 } 7000 } 7001 } else { 7002 // Check that we can declare a member specialization here. 7003 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && IsMemberSpecialization && 7004 CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back())) 7005 return nullptr; 7006 assert((Invalid || 7007 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) && 7008 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7009 } 7010 7011 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 7012 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 7013 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 7014 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 7015 : SourceLocation(); 7016 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 7017 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 7018 IsPartialSpecialization); 7019 if (Res.isInvalid()) 7020 return nullptr; 7021 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 7022 AddToScope = false; 7023 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 7024 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 7025 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 7026 Bindings); 7027 } else 7028 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 7029 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 7030 7031 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 7032 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 7033 NewTemplate = 7034 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 7035 TemplateParams, NewVD); 7036 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 7037 } 7038 7039 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 7040 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 7041 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 7042 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 7043 7044 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 7045 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7046 if (NewTemplate) 7047 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7048 } 7049 7050 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D); 7051 7052 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 7053 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 7054 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 7055 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 7056 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 7057 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 7058 } 7059 7060 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 7061 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7062 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 7063 << 0; 7064 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7065 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 7066 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7067 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7068 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7069 } else { 7070 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7071 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 7072 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 7073 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 7074 } 7075 } 7076 7077 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 7078 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7079 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7080 if (NewTemplate) 7081 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7082 7083 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 7084 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 7085 for (auto *B : Bindings) 7086 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 7087 else 7088 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7089 } 7090 7091 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 7092 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 7093 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 7094 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 7095 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 7096 // explicitly. 7097 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 7098 // 'extern'. 7099 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7100 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 7101 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 7102 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 7103 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7104 diag::err_thread_non_global) 7105 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7106 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 7107 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice || 7108 getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) { 7109 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 7110 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 7111 // error should be ignored. 7112 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 7113 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 7114 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 7115 // to emit any code for it. 7116 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 7117 } else 7118 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7119 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 7120 } else 7121 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 7122 } 7123 7124 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) { 7125 case ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified: 7126 break; 7127 7128 case ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval: 7129 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7130 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 7131 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()); 7132 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 7133 7134 case ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr: 7135 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 7136 MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(NewVD); 7137 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 7138 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 7139 // implicitly an inline variable. 7140 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && 7141 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 || 7142 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())) 7143 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7144 break; 7145 7146 case ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit: 7147 if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage()) 7148 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7149 diag::err_constinit_local_variable); 7150 else 7151 NewVD->addAttr(ConstInitAttr::Create( 7152 Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7153 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit)); 7154 break; 7155 } 7156 7157 // C99 6.7.4p3 7158 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 7159 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 7160 // thread storage duration... 7161 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 7162 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 7163 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 7164 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 7165 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 7166 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 7167 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 7168 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7169 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 7170 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7171 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 7172 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 7173 } 7174 } 7175 7176 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7177 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 7178 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7179 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 7180 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7181 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7182 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 7183 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7184 << 2 7185 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7186 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 7187 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7188 << 0 << NewVD 7189 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7190 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7191 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7192 else { 7193 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 7194 if (NewTemplate) 7195 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7196 for (auto *B : Bindings) 7197 B->setModulePrivate(); 7198 } 7199 } 7200 7201 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7202 7203 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewVD); 7204 7205 diagnoseOpenCLTypes(S, *this, D, DC, NewVD->getType()); 7206 } 7207 7208 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 7209 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 7210 7211 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice || 7212 getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) { 7213 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 7214 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 7215 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 7216 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD)))) 7217 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7218 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 7219 7220 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 7221 (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice))) 7222 targetDiag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 7223 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 7224 // storage [duration]." 7225 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 7226 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 7227 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 7228 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 7229 } 7230 } 7231 7232 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 7233 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 7234 // check the VarDecl itself. 7235 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 7236 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 7237 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 7238 7239 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 7240 // retainable type. 7241 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 7242 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7243 7244 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7245 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 7246 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7247 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7248 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 7249 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 7250 switch (SC) { 7251 case SC_None: 7252 case SC_Auto: 7253 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 7254 break; 7255 case SC_Register: 7256 // Local Named register 7257 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 7258 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 7259 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 7260 break; 7261 case SC_Static: 7262 case SC_Extern: 7263 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7264 break; 7265 } 7266 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 7267 // Global Named register 7268 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 7269 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 7270 bool HasSizeMismatch; 7271 7272 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 7273 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 7274 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 7275 Context.getTypeSize(R), 7276 HasSizeMismatch)) 7277 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 7278 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 7279 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 7280 } 7281 7282 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 7283 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 7284 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7285 } 7286 } 7287 7288 NewVD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, Label, 7289 /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, 7290 SE->getStrTokenLoc(0))); 7291 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7292 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7293 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 7294 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7295 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 7296 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 7297 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7298 } else 7299 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7300 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 7301 } 7302 } 7303 7304 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 7305 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 7306 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 7307 : nullptr; 7308 7309 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 7310 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 7311 // declaration has linkage). 7312 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 7313 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7314 IsMemberSpecialization || 7315 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 7316 7317 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 7318 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 7319 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7320 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 7321 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 7322 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 7323 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 7324 7325 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7326 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 7327 } else { 7328 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 7329 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 7330 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 7331 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7332 7333 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 7334 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7335 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7336 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 7337 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7338 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 7339 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7340 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 7341 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7342 Previous.clear(); 7343 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7344 } 7345 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7346 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 7347 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 7348 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 7349 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7350 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7351 } 7352 7353 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 7354 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 7355 7356 if (NewTemplate) { 7357 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 7358 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 7359 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 7360 : nullptr; 7361 7362 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 7363 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 7364 // template declaration. 7365 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 7366 TemplateParams, 7367 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7368 : nullptr, 7369 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 7370 DC->isDependentContext()) 7371 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7372 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 7373 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7374 7375 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 7376 // template, make a note of that. 7377 if (PrevVarTemplate && 7378 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 7379 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 7380 } 7381 } 7382 7383 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 7384 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 7385 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 7386 7387 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 7388 7389 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7390 // the map of such variables. 7391 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 7392 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 7393 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 7394 7395 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7396 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 7397 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 7398 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 7399 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext()); 7400 if (MCtx) { 7401 Context.setManglingNumber( 7402 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 7403 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 7404 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 7405 } 7406 } 7407 7408 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 7409 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 7410 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7411 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 7412 7413 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 7414 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 7415 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 7416 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 7417 7418 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 7419 // behavior. 7420 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 7421 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 7422 } 7423 7424 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7425 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7426 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization, 7427 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 7428 } 7429 7430 if (NewTemplate) { 7431 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7432 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7433 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 7434 return NewTemplate; 7435 } 7436 7437 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7438 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 7439 7440 return NewVD; 7441 } 7442 7443 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 7444 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 7445 SDK_Local, 7446 SDK_Global, 7447 SDK_StaticMember, 7448 SDK_Field, 7449 SDK_Typedef, 7450 SDK_Using 7451 }; 7452 7453 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 7454 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7455 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 7456 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7457 return SDK_Using; 7458 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7459 return SDK_Typedef; 7460 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 7461 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 7462 7463 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 7464 } 7465 7466 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 7467 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 7468 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 7469 const VarDecl *VD) { 7470 for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 7471 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 7472 return Capture.getLocation(); 7473 } 7474 return SourceLocation(); 7475 } 7476 7477 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 7478 const LookupResult &R) { 7479 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 7480 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 7481 return false; 7482 7483 // Return false if warning is ignored. 7484 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 7485 } 7486 7487 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 7488 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7489 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 7490 const LookupResult &R) { 7491 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7492 return nullptr; 7493 7494 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 7495 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 7496 return nullptr; 7497 7498 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7499 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 7500 ? ShadowedDecl 7501 : nullptr; 7502 } 7503 7504 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 7505 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7506 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 7507 const LookupResult &R) { 7508 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 7509 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7510 return nullptr; 7511 7512 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7513 return nullptr; 7514 7515 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7516 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 7517 } 7518 7519 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 7520 /// -Wshadow. 7521 /// 7522 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 7523 /// scope. 7524 /// 7525 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 7526 /// \param R the lookup of the name 7527 /// 7528 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7529 const LookupResult &R) { 7530 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 7531 7532 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 7533 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 7534 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 7535 if (MD->isStatic()) 7536 return; 7537 7538 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 7539 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 7540 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 7541 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 7542 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 7543 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 7544 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 7545 return; 7546 } 7547 } 7548 7549 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7550 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 7551 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 7552 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 7553 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 7554 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 7555 ShadowedDecl = I; 7556 break; 7557 } 7558 } 7559 7560 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7561 7562 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 7563 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 7564 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 7565 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 7566 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 7567 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 7568 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 7569 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 7570 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 7571 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 7572 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 7573 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7574 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 7575 } else { 7576 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 7577 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 7578 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 7579 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 7580 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 7581 return; 7582 } 7583 } 7584 7585 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7586 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7587 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7588 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7589 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7590 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7591 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7592 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7593 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7594 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7595 return; 7596 } 7597 } 7598 } 7599 } 7600 } 7601 7602 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7603 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7604 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7605 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7606 return; 7607 7608 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7609 // static data members from base classes? 7610 7611 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7612 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7613 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7614 } 7615 7616 7617 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7618 7619 // Emit warning and note. 7620 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7621 return; 7622 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7623 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7624 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7625 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7626 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7627 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7628 } 7629 7630 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7631 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7632 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7633 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7634 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7635 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7636 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7637 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7638 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7639 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7640 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7641 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7642 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7643 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7644 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7645 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7646 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7647 } 7648 } 7649 7650 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7651 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7652 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7653 return; 7654 7655 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7656 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7657 LookupName(R, S); 7658 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7659 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7660 } 7661 7662 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7663 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7664 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7665 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7666 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7667 return; 7668 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7669 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7670 if (!DRE) 7671 return; 7672 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7673 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7674 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7675 return; 7676 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7677 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7678 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7679 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7680 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7681 7682 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7683 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7684 } 7685 7686 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7687 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7688 template<typename T> 7689 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7690 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7691 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7692 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7693 7694 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7695 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7696 // declaration. 7697 return false; 7698 } 7699 7700 if (Prev) { 7701 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7702 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7703 // redeclaration. 7704 Previous.clear(); 7705 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7706 return true; 7707 } 7708 7709 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7710 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7711 // declaration. 7712 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7713 return false; 7714 } else { 7715 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7716 // translation unit which might conflict. 7717 if (IsGlobal) { 7718 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7719 IsGlobal = false; 7720 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7721 I != E; ++I) { 7722 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7723 Prev = *I; 7724 break; 7725 } 7726 } 7727 } else { 7728 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7729 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7730 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7731 I != E; ++I) { 7732 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7733 Prev = *I; 7734 break; 7735 } 7736 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7737 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7738 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7739 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7740 // diagnostic. 7741 } 7742 } 7743 7744 if (!Prev) 7745 return false; 7746 } 7747 7748 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7749 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7750 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7751 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7752 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7753 else 7754 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7755 7756 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7757 << IsGlobal << ND; 7758 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7759 << IsGlobal; 7760 return false; 7761 } 7762 7763 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7764 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7765 /// 7766 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7767 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7768 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7769 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7770 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7771 template<typename T> 7772 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7773 LookupResult &Previous) { 7774 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7775 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7776 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7777 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7778 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7779 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7780 Previous.clear(); 7781 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7782 return true; 7783 } 7784 } 7785 return false; 7786 } 7787 7788 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7789 // declaration. 7790 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7791 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7792 7793 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7794 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7795 // in another scope. 7796 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7797 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7798 7799 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7800 return false; 7801 } 7802 7803 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7804 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7805 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7806 return; 7807 7808 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 7809 7810 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7811 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7812 return; 7813 7814 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7815 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7816 7817 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7818 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7819 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7820 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7821 NewVD->setType(T); 7822 } 7823 7824 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7825 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7826 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7827 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7828 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7829 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7830 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7831 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7832 return; 7833 } 7834 7835 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7836 // scope. 7837 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7838 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7839 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7840 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7841 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7842 return; 7843 } 7844 7845 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7846 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7847 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7848 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7849 return; 7850 } 7851 7852 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7853 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7854 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7855 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7856 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7857 << 0 /*const*/; 7858 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7859 return; 7860 } 7861 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7862 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7863 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7864 return; 7865 } 7866 } 7867 // OpenCL C v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7868 // __constant address space. 7869 // OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7870 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7871 // address space. 7872 // C++ for OpenCL inherits rule from OpenCL C v2.0. 7873 // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense. 7874 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7875 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7876 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7877 !T->isDependentType() && 7878 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7879 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7880 (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || 7881 getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)))) { 7882 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7883 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) 7884 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7885 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7886 else 7887 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7888 << Scope << "constant"; 7889 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7890 return; 7891 } 7892 } else { 7893 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7894 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7895 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7896 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7897 return; 7898 } 7899 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7900 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7901 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7902 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 7903 // in functions. 7904 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7905 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7906 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7907 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7908 else 7909 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7910 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7911 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7912 return; 7913 } 7914 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 7915 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 7916 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7917 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 7918 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7919 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7920 << "constant"; 7921 else 7922 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7923 << "local"; 7924 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7925 return; 7926 } 7927 } 7928 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private && 7929 // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr 7930 // space yet. 7931 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7932 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7933 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7934 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7935 return; 7936 } 7937 } 7938 } 7939 7940 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7941 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7942 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7943 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7944 else { 7945 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7946 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7947 } 7948 } 7949 7950 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7951 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7952 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7953 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7954 7955 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7956 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7957 bool SizeIsNegative; 7958 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7959 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( 7960 NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7961 QualType FixedT; 7962 if (FixedTInfo && T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()) 7963 FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType(); 7964 else if (FixedTInfo) { 7965 // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up 7966 // both types separately. 7967 FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 7968 Oversized); 7969 } 7970 if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7971 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7972 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7973 // int a[10][n]; 7974 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7975 7976 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7977 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7978 << SizeRange; 7979 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7980 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7981 << SizeRange; 7982 else 7983 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7984 << SizeRange; 7985 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7986 return; 7987 } 7988 7989 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7990 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7991 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7992 else 7993 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7994 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7995 return; 7996 } 7997 7998 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant); 7999 NewVD->setType(FixedT); 8000 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 8001 } 8002 8003 if (T->isVoidType()) { 8004 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 8005 // of objects and functions. 8006 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8007 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 8008 << T; 8009 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8010 return; 8011 } 8012 } 8013 8014 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8015 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8016 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8017 return; 8018 } 8019 8020 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T->isSizelessType()) { 8021 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_sizeless_nonlocal) << T; 8022 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8023 return; 8024 } 8025 8026 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8027 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 8028 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8029 return; 8030 } 8031 8032 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 8033 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 8034 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 8035 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8036 return; 8037 } 8038 8039 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as non-local variable types. 8040 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() && 8041 !NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && 8042 CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewVD->getLocation())) { 8043 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 8044 return; 8045 } 8046 } 8047 8048 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 8049 /// declaration. 8050 /// 8051 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 8052 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 8053 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 8054 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 8055 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 8056 /// 8057 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 8058 /// 8059 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 8060 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 8061 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 8062 8063 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 8064 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 8065 return false; 8066 8067 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 8068 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 8069 if (Previous.empty() && 8070 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 8071 Previous.setShadowed(); 8072 8073 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8074 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 8075 return true; 8076 } 8077 return false; 8078 } 8079 8080 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 8081 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 8082 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 8083 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> Overridden; 8084 8085 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 8086 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false, 8087 /*DetectVirtual=*/false); 8088 auto VisitBase = [&] (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 8089 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 8090 DeclarationName Name = MD->getDeclName(); 8091 8092 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8093 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 8094 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 8095 CanQualType CT = Context.getCanonicalType(T); 8096 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 8097 } 8098 8099 for (NamedDecl *BaseND : BaseRecord->lookup(Name)) { 8100 CXXMethodDecl *BaseMD = 8101 dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(BaseND->getCanonicalDecl()); 8102 if (!BaseMD || !BaseMD->isVirtual() || 8103 IsOverload(MD, BaseMD, /*UseMemberUsingDeclRules=*/false, 8104 /*ConsiderCudaAttrs=*/true, 8105 // C++2a [class.virtual]p2 does not consider requires 8106 // clauses when overriding. 8107 /*ConsiderRequiresClauses=*/false)) 8108 continue; 8109 8110 if (Overridden.insert(BaseMD).second) { 8111 MD->addOverriddenMethod(BaseMD); 8112 CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, BaseMD); 8113 CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, BaseMD); 8114 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, BaseMD); 8115 CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, BaseMD); 8116 } 8117 8118 // A method can only override one function from each base class. We 8119 // don't track indirectly overridden methods from bases of bases. 8120 return true; 8121 } 8122 8123 return false; 8124 }; 8125 8126 DC->lookupInBases(VisitBase, Paths); 8127 return !Overridden.empty(); 8128 } 8129 8130 namespace { 8131 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 8132 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 8133 struct ActOnFDArgs { 8134 Scope *S; 8135 Declarator &D; 8136 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 8137 bool AddToScope; 8138 }; 8139 } // end anonymous namespace 8140 8141 namespace { 8142 8143 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 8144 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 8145 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 8146 public: 8147 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 8148 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 8149 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 8150 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 8151 8152 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 8153 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 8154 return false; 8155 8156 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 8157 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 8158 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 8159 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 8160 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 8161 8162 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 8163 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8164 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 8165 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 8166 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 8167 return true; 8168 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 8169 return true; 8170 } 8171 } 8172 } 8173 8174 return false; 8175 } 8176 8177 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 8178 return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 8179 } 8180 8181 private: 8182 ASTContext &Context; 8183 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 8184 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 8185 }; 8186 8187 } // end anonymous namespace 8188 8189 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 8190 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 8191 } 8192 8193 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 8194 /// 8195 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 8196 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 8197 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 8198 /// the same name. 8199 /// 8200 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 8201 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 8202 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8203 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8204 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 8205 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 8206 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 8207 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 8208 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 8209 TypoCorrection Correction; 8210 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 8211 unsigned DiagMsg = 8212 IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend : 8213 NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match : 8214 diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 8215 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 8216 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 8217 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 8218 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 8219 8220 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8221 if (IsLocalFriend) 8222 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 8223 else 8224 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 8225 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 8226 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 8227 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8228 DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 8229 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 8230 if (!Prev.empty()) { 8231 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 8232 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 8233 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 8234 if (FD && 8235 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8236 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 8237 // involve a parameter 8238 unsigned ParamNum = 8239 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 8240 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 8241 } 8242 } 8243 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 8244 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 8245 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 8246 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, 8247 IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 8248 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 8249 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 8250 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8251 Previous.clear(); 8252 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 8253 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 8254 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 8255 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 8256 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 8257 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 8258 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8259 Previous.addDecl(FD); 8260 } 8261 } 8262 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 8263 8264 NamedDecl *Result; 8265 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 8266 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 8267 { 8268 // Trap errors. 8269 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 8270 8271 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 8272 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 8273 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 8274 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 8275 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 8276 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 8277 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 8278 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 8279 8280 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 8281 Result = nullptr; 8282 } 8283 8284 if (Result) { 8285 // Determine which correction we picked. 8286 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 8287 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 8288 I != E; ++I) 8289 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 8290 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 8291 8292 // Let Sema know about the correction. 8293 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 8294 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 8295 Correction, 8296 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 8297 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 8298 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 8299 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 8300 return Result; 8301 } 8302 8303 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 8304 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 8305 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8306 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 8307 Previous.clear(); 8308 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 8309 } 8310 8311 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 8312 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 8313 8314 bool NewFDisConst = false; 8315 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8316 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 8317 8318 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 8319 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 8320 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 8321 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 8322 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 8323 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 8324 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 8325 8326 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 8327 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 8328 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 8329 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 8330 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 8331 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 8332 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 8333 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 8334 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 8335 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 8336 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 8337 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8338 } else 8339 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8340 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 8341 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 8342 } 8343 return nullptr; 8344 } 8345 8346 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 8347 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 8348 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 8349 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 8350 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 8351 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 8352 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8353 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 8354 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8355 D.setInvalidType(); 8356 break; 8357 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 8358 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 8359 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 8360 return SC_None; 8361 return SC_Extern; 8362 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 8363 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8364 // C99 6.7.1p5: 8365 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 8366 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 8367 // other than extern 8368 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 8369 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8370 diag::err_static_block_func); 8371 break; 8372 } else 8373 return SC_Static; 8374 } 8375 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 8376 } 8377 8378 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 8379 return SC_None; 8380 } 8381 8382 static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 8383 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 8384 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8385 StorageClass SC, 8386 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 8387 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8388 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8389 8390 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 8391 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8392 8393 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8394 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8395 // prototype. This true when: 8396 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 8397 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 8398 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 8399 // function type). 8400 bool HasPrototype = 8401 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 8402 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 8403 8404 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, 8405 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype, 8406 ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified, 8407 /*TrailingRequiresClause=*/nullptr); 8408 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8409 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8410 8411 return NewFD; 8412 } 8413 8414 ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier(); 8415 8416 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 8417 if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit) { 8418 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8419 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 8420 << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind); 8421 ConstexprKind = ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified; 8422 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec(); 8423 } 8424 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = D.getTrailingRequiresClause(); 8425 8426 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 8427 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8428 // the class has been completely parsed. 8429 if (!DC->isRecord() && 8430 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 8431 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 8432 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 8433 D.setInvalidType(); 8434 8435 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 8436 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 8437 assert(DC->isRecord() && 8438 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 8439 8440 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8441 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 8442 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8443 TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, isInline, 8444 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, InheritedConstructor(), 8445 TrailingRequiresClause); 8446 8447 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8448 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 8449 if (DC->isRecord()) { 8450 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8451 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 8452 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 8453 SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8454 isInline, /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, 8455 TrailingRequiresClause); 8456 8457 // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it 8458 // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start 8459 // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration. 8460 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8461 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD); 8462 8463 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8464 return NewDD; 8465 8466 } else { 8467 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 8468 D.setInvalidType(); 8469 8470 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 8471 // code path. 8472 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 8473 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC, 8474 isInline, 8475 /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind, 8476 TrailingRequiresClause); 8477 } 8478 8479 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 8480 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 8481 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8482 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 8483 return nullptr; 8484 } 8485 8486 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8487 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8488 return nullptr; 8489 8490 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8491 return CXXConversionDecl::Create( 8492 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8493 TInfo, isInline, ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(), 8494 TrailingRequiresClause); 8495 8496 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 8497 if (TrailingRequiresClause) 8498 SemaRef.Diag(TrailingRequiresClause->getBeginLoc(), 8499 diag::err_trailing_requires_clause_on_deduction_guide) 8500 << TrailingRequiresClause->getSourceRange(); 8501 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8502 8503 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 8504 ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8505 D.getEndLoc()); 8506 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 8507 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 8508 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 8509 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 8510 // constructor if it has no return type). 8511 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 8512 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 8513 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 8514 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 8515 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8516 return nullptr; 8517 } 8518 8519 // This is a C++ method declaration. 8520 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 8521 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8522 TInfo, SC, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(), 8523 TrailingRequiresClause); 8524 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 8525 return Ret; 8526 } else { 8527 bool isFriend = 8528 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8529 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 8530 return nullptr; 8531 8532 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8533 // prototype. This true when: 8534 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 8535 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, 8536 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/, 8537 ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause); 8538 } 8539 } 8540 8541 enum OpenCLParamType { 8542 ValidKernelParam, 8543 PtrPtrKernelParam, 8544 PtrKernelParam, 8545 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 8546 InvalidKernelParam, 8547 RecordKernelParam 8548 }; 8549 8550 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) { 8551 // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types 8552 // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to 8553 // integers other than by their names. 8554 StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"}; 8555 8556 // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef 8557 // for a size dependent type. 8558 QualType DesugaredTy = Ty; 8559 do { 8560 ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames); 8561 auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString()); 8562 if (Names.end() != Match) 8563 return true; 8564 8565 Ty = DesugaredTy; 8566 DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C); 8567 } while (DesugaredTy != Ty); 8568 8569 return false; 8570 } 8571 8572 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 8573 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 8574 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 8575 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 8576 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || 8577 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) 8578 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 8579 8580 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) { 8581 // This is a pointer to pointer parameter. 8582 // Recursively check inner type. 8583 OpenCLParamType ParamKind = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PointeeType); 8584 if (ParamKind == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam || 8585 ParamKind == InvalidKernelParam) 8586 return ParamKind; 8587 8588 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 8589 } 8590 return PtrKernelParam; 8591 } 8592 8593 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8594 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8595 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8596 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one 8597 // of these built-in scalar types. 8598 if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT)) 8599 return InvalidKernelParam; 8600 8601 if (PT->isImageType()) 8602 return PtrKernelParam; 8603 8604 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 8605 return InvalidKernelParam; 8606 8607 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 8608 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 8609 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 8610 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 8611 return InvalidKernelParam; 8612 8613 if (PT->isRecordType()) 8614 return RecordKernelParam; 8615 8616 // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type. 8617 if (PT->isArrayType()) { 8618 const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8619 // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the 8620 // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an 8621 // array, this recursive call only happens once. 8622 return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0)); 8623 } 8624 8625 return ValidKernelParam; 8626 } 8627 8628 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8629 Sema &S, 8630 Declarator &D, 8631 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8632 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8633 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8634 8635 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8636 // used again 8637 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8638 return; 8639 8640 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8641 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8642 // OpenCL v3.0 s6.11.a: 8643 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a pointer to a pointer 8644 // type. [...] This restriction only applies to OpenCL C 1.2 or below. 8645 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 && 8646 !S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 8647 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8648 D.setInvalidType(); 8649 return; 8650 } 8651 8652 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8653 return; 8654 8655 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8656 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8657 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8658 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8659 // __constant. 8660 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8661 D.setInvalidType(); 8662 return; 8663 8664 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8665 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8666 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8667 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8668 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8669 8670 case InvalidKernelParam: 8671 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8672 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8673 // of event_t type. 8674 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8675 // type for any function elsewhere. 8676 if (!PT->isHalfType()) { 8677 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8678 8679 // Explain what typedefs are involved. 8680 const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr; 8681 while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) { 8682 SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation(); 8683 // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type. 8684 if (Loc.isValid()) 8685 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT; 8686 PT = Typedef->desugar(); 8687 } 8688 } 8689 8690 D.setInvalidType(); 8691 return; 8692 8693 case PtrKernelParam: 8694 case ValidKernelParam: 8695 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8696 return; 8697 8698 case RecordKernelParam: 8699 break; 8700 } 8701 8702 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8703 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8704 8705 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8706 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8707 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8708 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8709 8710 // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or 8711 // an ArrayType of a RecordType. 8712 assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type."); 8713 const RecordType *RecTy = 8714 PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8715 const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl(); 8716 8717 VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl()); 8718 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8719 8720 do { 8721 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8722 if (!Next) { 8723 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8724 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8725 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8726 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8727 8728 continue; 8729 } 8730 8731 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8732 // field itself) to the history stack. 8733 const RecordDecl *RD; 8734 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8735 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8736 8737 QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); 8738 // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we 8739 // walk around RecordDecl::fields(). 8740 assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) && 8741 "Unexpected type."); 8742 const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8743 8744 RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8745 } else { 8746 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8747 } 8748 8749 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8750 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8751 8752 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8753 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8754 8755 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8756 continue; 8757 8758 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8759 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8760 continue; 8761 8762 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8763 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8764 continue; 8765 } 8766 8767 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8768 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8769 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8770 // union. 8771 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8772 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8773 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8774 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8775 << PT->isUnionType() 8776 << PT; 8777 } else { 8778 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8779 } 8780 8781 S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8782 << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName(); 8783 8784 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8785 // the offending field came from 8786 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8787 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8788 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8789 I != E; ++I) { 8790 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8791 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8792 << OuterField->getType(); 8793 } 8794 8795 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8796 << QT->isPointerType() 8797 << QT; 8798 D.setInvalidType(); 8799 return; 8800 } 8801 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8802 } 8803 8804 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8805 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8806 /// nothing. 8807 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8808 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8809 DC = DC->getParent(); 8810 return DC; 8811 } 8812 8813 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8814 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8815 /// nothing. 8816 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8817 while (S->isClassScope() || 8818 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8819 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8820 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8821 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8822 S = S->getParent(); 8823 return S; 8824 } 8825 8826 NamedDecl* 8827 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8828 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8829 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamListsRef, 8830 bool &AddToScope) { 8831 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8832 8833 assert(R->isFunctionType()); 8834 if (R.getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCmseNSCallAttr()) 8835 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_decl_cmse_ns_call); 8836 8837 SmallVector<TemplateParameterList *, 4> TemplateParamLists; 8838 for (TemplateParameterList *TPL : TemplateParamListsRef) 8839 TemplateParamLists.push_back(TPL); 8840 if (TemplateParameterList *Invented = D.getInventedTemplateParameterList()) { 8841 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && 8842 Invented->getDepth() == TemplateParamLists.back()->getDepth()) 8843 TemplateParamLists.back() = Invented; 8844 else 8845 TemplateParamLists.push_back(Invented); 8846 } 8847 8848 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8849 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8850 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8851 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8852 8853 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8854 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8855 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8856 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8857 8858 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8859 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8860 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8861 8862 bool isFriend = false; 8863 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8864 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8865 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8866 8867 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8868 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8869 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8870 8871 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8872 8873 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8874 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8875 8876 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8877 isVirtualOkay); 8878 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8879 8880 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8881 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8882 8883 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8884 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8885 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8886 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8887 8888 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8889 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8890 8891 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8892 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8893 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8894 bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier(); 8895 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8896 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8897 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8898 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8899 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8900 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8901 } 8902 8903 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8904 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8905 // return true). 8906 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8907 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8908 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8909 NewFD->setPure(true); 8910 8911 // C++ [class.union]p2 8912 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8913 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8914 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8915 } 8916 8917 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D); 8918 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8919 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8920 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8921 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8922 8923 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8924 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8925 bool Invalid = false; 8926 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8927 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8928 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8929 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8930 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 8931 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8932 : nullptr, 8933 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8934 Invalid); 8935 if (TemplateParams) { 8936 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8937 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8938 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8939 8940 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8941 // This is a function template 8942 8943 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8944 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8945 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8946 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8947 } 8948 8949 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8950 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8951 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8952 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8953 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8954 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8955 Invalid = true; 8956 } 8957 8958 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8959 NewFD->getLocation(), 8960 Name, TemplateParams, 8961 NewFD); 8962 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8963 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8964 8965 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8966 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8967 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8968 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *>(TemplateParamLists) 8969 .drop_back(1)); 8970 } 8971 } else { 8972 // This is a function template specialization. 8973 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8974 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8975 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8976 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8977 8978 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8979 if (isFriend) { 8980 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8981 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8982 8983 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8984 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8985 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8986 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8987 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8988 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8989 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8990 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8991 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8992 } 8993 8994 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8995 << Name << RemoveRange 8996 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8997 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8998 } 8999 } 9000 } else { 9001 // Check that we can declare a template here. 9002 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization && 9003 CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back())) 9004 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9005 9006 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 9007 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 9008 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 9009 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 9010 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 9011 } 9012 9013 if (Invalid) { 9014 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9015 if (FunctionTemplate) 9016 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9017 } 9018 9019 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 9020 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 9021 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 9022 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 9023 // 9024 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9025 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 9026 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 9027 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 9028 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 9029 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 9030 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 9031 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 9032 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 9033 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9034 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 9035 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 9036 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 9037 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 9038 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 9039 } else { 9040 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 9041 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 9042 } 9043 9044 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 9045 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 9046 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 9047 } 9048 9049 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 9050 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 9051 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 9052 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9053 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 9054 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 9055 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 9056 // thing to do. 9057 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 9058 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 9059 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9060 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9061 QualType Result = 9062 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 9063 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 9064 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 9065 } 9066 9067 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 9068 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 9069 // declaration. 9070 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9071 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 9072 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 9073 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 9074 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 9075 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 9076 } 9077 } 9078 9079 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 9080 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 9081 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 9082 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 9083 if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9084 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 9085 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 9086 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 9087 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 9088 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 9089 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 9090 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 9091 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9092 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 9093 // or conversion function. 9094 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 9095 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 9096 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 9097 } 9098 } 9099 9100 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 9101 if (ConstexprKind != ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified) { 9102 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 9103 // are implicitly inline. 9104 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 9105 9106 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 9107 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 9108 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 9109 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD) && 9110 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 || 9111 ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval)) { 9112 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor) 9113 << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind); 9114 NewFD->setConstexprKind(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 9115 ? ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified 9116 : ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr); 9117 } 9118 // C++20 [dcl.constexpr]p2: An allocation function, or a 9119 // deallocation function shall not be declared with the consteval 9120 // specifier. 9121 if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval && 9122 (NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 9123 NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New || 9124 NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 9125 NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)) { 9126 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 9127 diag::err_invalid_consteval_decl_kind) 9128 << NewFD; 9129 NewFD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr); 9130 } 9131 } 9132 9133 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 9134 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9135 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9136 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 9137 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 9138 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9139 << 0 9140 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9141 } else { 9142 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9143 if (FunctionTemplate) 9144 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 9145 } 9146 } 9147 9148 if (isFriend) { 9149 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9150 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 9151 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 9152 } 9153 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 9154 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9155 } 9156 9157 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 9158 // We'll do the relevant checks on defaulted / deleted functions later. 9159 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 9160 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration: 9161 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition: 9162 break; 9163 9164 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted: 9165 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 9166 break; 9167 9168 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted: 9169 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 9170 break; 9171 } 9172 9173 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 9174 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 9175 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 9176 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 9177 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 9178 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 9179 } 9180 9181 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 9182 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 9183 // C++ [class.static]p1: 9184 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 9185 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 9186 // the class. 9187 9188 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 9189 // member function definition. 9190 9191 // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line 9192 // member function template declaration and class member template 9193 // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this. 9194 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9195 ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) && 9196 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) || 9197 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())) 9198 ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line) 9199 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9200 } 9201 9202 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 9203 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 9204 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 9205 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9206 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 9207 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 9208 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 9209 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 9210 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 9211 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 9212 } 9213 9214 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 9215 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 9216 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 9217 isMemberSpecialization || 9218 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 9219 9220 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 9221 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 9222 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 9223 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 9224 NewFD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, SE->getString(), 9225 /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, 9226 SE->getStrTokenLoc(0))); 9227 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 9228 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 9229 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9230 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 9231 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 9232 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 9233 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 9234 } else 9235 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 9236 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 9237 } 9238 } 9239 9240 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 9241 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 9242 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 9243 unsigned FTIIdx; 9244 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 9245 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 9246 9247 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 9248 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 9249 // single void argument. 9250 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 9251 // already checks for that case. 9252 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 9253 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 9254 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 9255 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 9256 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 9257 Params.push_back(Param); 9258 9259 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 9260 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9261 } 9262 } 9263 9264 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9265 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 9266 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 9267 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 9268 // the TU. 9269 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 9270 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 9271 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 9272 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 9273 9274 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 9275 // instead. 9276 if (!TD) { 9277 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 9278 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 9279 } 9280 if (!TD) 9281 continue; 9282 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 9283 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 9284 continue; 9285 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 9286 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 9287 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 9288 9289 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 9290 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 9291 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 9292 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 9293 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 9294 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 9295 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 9296 } 9297 } 9298 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9299 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 9300 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 9301 // parameters for use in the declaration. 9302 // 9303 // @code 9304 // typedef void fn(int); 9305 // fn f; 9306 // @endcode 9307 9308 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 9309 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 9310 ParmVarDecl *Param = 9311 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 9312 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 9313 Params.push_back(Param); 9314 } 9315 } else { 9316 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 9317 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 9318 } 9319 9320 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 9321 NewFD->setParams(Params); 9322 9323 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 9324 NewFD->addAttr(C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context, 9325 D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 9326 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword)); 9327 9328 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 9329 // because all functions have linkage. 9330 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9331 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9332 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 9333 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9334 } 9335 9336 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 9337 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9338 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9339 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9340 Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 9341 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 9342 9343 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 9344 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9345 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9346 NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9347 Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9348 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, 9349 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate)); 9350 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9351 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 9352 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 9353 NewFD)) 9354 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9355 } 9356 9357 // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or 9358 // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active. 9359 if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9360 if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD, 9361 D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9362 NewFD->addAttr(SAttr); 9363 } 9364 } 9365 9366 // Handle attributes. 9367 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 9368 9369 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9370 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 9371 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 9372 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 9373 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { 9374 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9375 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 9376 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9377 } 9378 } 9379 9380 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9381 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 9382 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 9383 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 9384 9385 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9386 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9387 9388 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9389 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9390 isMemberSpecialization)); 9391 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9392 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9393 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9394 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9395 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9396 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9397 9398 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 9399 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 9400 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 9401 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9402 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 9403 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 9404 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 9405 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 9406 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 9407 int DiagID = 9408 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 9409 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 9410 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 9411 } 9412 } 9413 9414 if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 9415 NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 9416 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(), 9417 NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(), 9418 NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); 9419 } else { 9420 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 9421 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 9422 // 9423 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 9424 // 9425 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 9426 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 9427 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 9428 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 9429 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 9430 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 9431 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 9432 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 9433 9434 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 9435 // argument list into our AST format. 9436 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 9437 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 9438 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 9439 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 9440 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 9441 TemplateId->NumArgs); 9442 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 9443 TemplateArgs); 9444 9445 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 9446 9447 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9448 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 9449 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 9450 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 9451 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 9452 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 9453 9454 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 9455 } else { 9456 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 9457 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 9458 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 9459 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 9460 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 9461 } 9462 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9463 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 9464 // wrote something like: 9465 // template <> friend void foo(int); 9466 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 9467 // friend void foo<>(int); 9468 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 9469 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 9470 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9471 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9472 } 9473 9474 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 9475 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 9476 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 9477 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 9478 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 9479 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 9480 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 9481 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 9482 9483 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 9484 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 9485 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 9486 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 9487 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 9488 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 9489 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 9490 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 9491 TemplateArgs, 9492 InstantiationDependent))) { 9493 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 9494 "friend function specialization without template args"); 9495 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 9496 Previous)) 9497 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9498 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9499 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 9500 && !isFriend) { 9501 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 9502 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9503 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 9504 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), 9505 Previous)) 9506 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9507 9508 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 9509 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 9510 // specialization (14.7.3) 9511 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 9512 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 9513 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 9514 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 9515 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9516 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 9517 << SC 9518 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9519 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9520 9521 else 9522 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9523 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 9524 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9525 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9526 } 9527 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9528 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 9529 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9530 } 9531 9532 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 9533 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9534 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 9535 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 9536 9537 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9538 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9539 9540 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9541 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9542 isMemberSpecialization)); 9543 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9544 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9545 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9546 } 9547 9548 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9549 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9550 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9551 9552 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 9553 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 9554 : NewFD); 9555 9556 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 9557 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 9558 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9559 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 9560 9561 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 9562 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 9563 } 9564 9565 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 9566 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 9567 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 9568 9569 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 9570 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 9571 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9572 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 9573 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 9574 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 9575 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 9576 : nullptr, 9577 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 9578 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 9579 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 9580 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 9581 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 9582 DC && DC->isRecord() && 9583 DC->isDependentContext()) 9584 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 9585 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 9586 } 9587 9588 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9589 // Ignore all the rest of this. 9590 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 9591 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 9592 AddToScope }; 9593 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 9594 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 9595 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9596 9597 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 9598 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9599 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 9600 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 9601 9602 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 9603 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 9604 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 9605 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 9606 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 9607 // can actually do this check immediately. 9608 // 9609 // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified 9610 // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now; 9611 // nothing will diagnose that error later. 9612 if (isFriend && 9613 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 9614 (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) { 9615 // ignore these 9616 } else { 9617 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 9618 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 9619 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 9620 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 9621 // 9622 // class X { 9623 // void f() const; 9624 // }; 9625 // 9626 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 9627 // 9628 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 9629 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 9630 // whether the parameter types are references). 9631 9632 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9633 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 9634 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9635 return Result; 9636 } 9637 } 9638 9639 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9640 // to something. 9641 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9642 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9643 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9644 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9645 return Result; 9646 } 9647 } 9648 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9649 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9650 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9651 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9652 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9653 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9654 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9655 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9656 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9657 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9658 // generate them. 9659 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9660 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9661 } 9662 } 9663 9664 // If this is the first declaration of a library builtin function, add 9665 // attributes as appropriate. 9666 if (!D.isRedeclaration() && 9667 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 9668 if (IdentifierInfo *II = Previous.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) { 9669 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) { 9670 if (NewFD->getLanguageLinkage() == CLanguageLinkage) { 9671 // Validate the type matches unless this builtin is specified as 9672 // matching regardless of its declared type. 9673 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(BuiltinID)) { 9674 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID)); 9675 } else { 9676 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9677 LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID); 9678 QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9679 9680 if (!Error && !BuiltinType.isNull() && 9681 Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec( 9682 NewFD->getType(), BuiltinType)) 9683 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID)); 9684 } 9685 } else if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo && 9686 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 9687 // FIXME: We should consider this a builtin only in the std namespace. 9688 NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID)); 9689 } 9690 } 9691 } 9692 } 9693 9694 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9695 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9696 9697 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9698 9699 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9700 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9701 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9702 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9703 << NewFD; 9704 9705 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9706 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9707 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9708 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9709 EPI.Variadic = true; 9710 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9711 9712 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9713 NewFD->setType(R); 9714 } 9715 9716 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9717 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9718 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9719 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9720 9721 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9722 // marking the function. 9723 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9724 9725 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9726 // a pragma. 9727 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9728 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9729 9730 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9731 // the map of such variables. 9732 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9733 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9734 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9735 9736 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9737 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9738 9739 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9740 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9741 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD, 9742 isMemberSpecialization || 9743 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9744 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9745 } 9746 9747 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9748 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9749 if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) && 9750 !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9751 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9752 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9753 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return) 9754 << getCudaConfigureFuncName(); 9755 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9756 } 9757 9758 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9759 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9760 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9761 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9762 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9763 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9764 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9765 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9766 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9767 } 9768 } 9769 9770 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9771 9772 9773 9774 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9775 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9776 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9777 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9778 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9779 D.setInvalidType(); 9780 } 9781 9782 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9783 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9784 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9785 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9786 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9787 : FixItHint()); 9788 D.setInvalidType(); 9789 } 9790 9791 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9792 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9793 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9794 9795 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 9796 if (DC->isRecord()) { 9797 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel); 9798 D.setInvalidType(); 9799 } 9800 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9801 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel); 9802 D.setInvalidType(); 9803 } 9804 } 9805 } 9806 9807 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9808 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9809 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9810 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9811 return FunctionTemplate; 9812 } 9813 9814 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9815 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9816 } 9817 9818 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9819 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9820 9821 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9822 // types. 9823 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 9824 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9825 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9826 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9827 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9828 D.setInvalidType(); 9829 } 9830 } 9831 } 9832 } 9833 9834 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9835 // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9836 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9837 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9838 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9839 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9840 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(), 9841 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9842 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9843 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9844 AddToScope = false; 9845 } 9846 9847 // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions 9848 // that are run during load/unload. 9849 if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { 9850 if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) { 9851 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9852 << 1; 9853 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9854 } 9855 if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) { 9856 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9857 << 2; 9858 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9859 } 9860 } 9861 9862 // Diagnose no_builtin attribute on function declaration that are not a 9863 // definition. 9864 // FIXME: We should really be doing this in 9865 // SemaDeclAttr.cpp::handleNoBuiltinAttr, unfortunately we only have access to 9866 // the FunctionDecl and at this point of the code 9867 // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() which always returns `false` 9868 // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet. 9869 if (const auto *NBA = NewFD->getAttr<NoBuiltinAttr>()) 9870 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 9871 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted: 9872 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted: 9873 Diag(NBA->getLocation(), 9874 diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_defaulted_deleted_function) 9875 << NBA->getSpelling(); 9876 break; 9877 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration: 9878 Diag(NBA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_non_definition) 9879 << NBA->getSpelling(); 9880 break; 9881 case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition: 9882 break; 9883 } 9884 9885 return NewFD; 9886 } 9887 9888 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class. The Microsoft docs say 9889 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of 9890 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special 9891 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment." 9892 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler 9893 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg. 9894 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer 9895 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See: 9896 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer 9897 /// available since MS has removed the page. 9898 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9899 const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 9900 if (!Method) 9901 return nullptr; 9902 const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); 9903 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9904 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9905 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9906 return NewAttr; 9907 } 9908 9909 // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg 9910 // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active. 9911 if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 9912 return nullptr; 9913 9914 while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) { 9915 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9916 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9917 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9918 return NewAttr; 9919 } 9920 } 9921 return nullptr; 9922 } 9923 9924 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a 9925 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the 9926 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack 9927 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value). 9928 /// 9929 /// \param FD Function being declared. 9930 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion. 9931 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or 9932 /// nullptr if no attribute should be added. 9933 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9934 bool IsDefinition) { 9935 if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD)) 9936 return A; 9937 if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition && 9938 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 9939 return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9940 getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9941 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, 9942 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate); 9943 return nullptr; 9944 } 9945 9946 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a 9947 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a 9948 /// best-effort check. 9949 /// 9950 /// \param NewD The new declaration. 9951 /// \param OldD The old declaration. 9952 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check. 9953 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check. 9954 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, 9955 QualType NewT, QualType OldT) { 9956 if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9957 return true; 9958 9959 // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't 9960 // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation: 9961 // 9962 // int f(); 9963 // template<typename T> void g() { T f(); } 9964 // 9965 // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int). 9966 if (NewT->isDependentType() && 9967 (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind())) 9968 return false; 9969 9970 // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern 9971 // declaration, we don't really know its type yet. 9972 if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl()) 9973 return false; 9974 9975 return true; 9976 } 9977 9978 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9979 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9980 /// 9981 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9982 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9983 /// same declaration name. 9984 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9985 /// belongs to. 9986 /// 9987 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9988 if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9989 return true; 9990 9991 // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to 9992 // permit cases like 9993 // 9994 // void func(); 9995 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} }; 9996 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} }; 9997 // 9998 // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated. 9999 // 10000 // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy 10001 // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply 10002 // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in 10003 // the way of access checks. 10004 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10005 return false; 10006 10007 auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); 10008 auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl); 10009 return !VD || !PrevVD || 10010 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(), 10011 PrevVD->getType()); 10012 } 10013 10014 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion 10015 /// validity. 10016 /// 10017 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 10018 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 10019 const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10020 assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute"); 10021 ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse(); 10022 const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); 10023 enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 }; 10024 10025 if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() && 10026 !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) { 10027 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 10028 << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture; 10029 return true; 10030 } 10031 10032 for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) { 10033 auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1); 10034 if (Feat[0] == '-') { 10035 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 10036 << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str(); 10037 return true; 10038 } 10039 10040 if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) || 10041 !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) { 10042 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 10043 << Feature << BareFeat; 10044 return true; 10045 } 10046 } 10047 return false; 10048 } 10049 10050 // Provide a white-list of attributes that are allowed to be combined with 10051 // multiversion functions. 10052 static bool AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(attr::Kind Kind, 10053 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 10054 // Note: this list/diagnosis must match the list in 10055 // checkMultiversionAttributesAllSame. 10056 switch (Kind) { 10057 default: 10058 return false; 10059 case attr::Used: 10060 return MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target; 10061 case attr::NonNull: 10062 case attr::NoThrow: 10063 return true; 10064 } 10065 } 10066 10067 static bool checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(Sema &S, 10068 const FunctionDecl *FD, 10069 const FunctionDecl *CausedFD, 10070 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 10071 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = 10072 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 10073 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific; 10074 const auto Diagnose = [FD, CausedFD, IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType]( 10075 Sema &S, const Attr *A) { 10076 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_disallowed_other_attr) 10077 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << A; 10078 if (CausedFD) 10079 S.Diag(CausedFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10080 return true; 10081 }; 10082 10083 for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) { 10084 switch (A->getKind()) { 10085 case attr::CPUDispatch: 10086 case attr::CPUSpecific: 10087 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 10088 MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) 10089 return Diagnose(S, A); 10090 break; 10091 case attr::Target: 10092 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) 10093 return Diagnose(S, A); 10094 break; 10095 default: 10096 if (!AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(A->getKind(), MVType)) 10097 return Diagnose(S, A); 10098 break; 10099 } 10100 } 10101 return false; 10102 } 10103 10104 bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( 10105 const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10106 const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID, 10107 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt, 10108 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt, 10109 const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported, 10110 bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer) { 10111 enum DoesntSupport { 10112 FuncTemplates = 0, 10113 VirtFuncs = 1, 10114 DeducedReturn = 2, 10115 Constructors = 3, 10116 Destructors = 4, 10117 DeletedFuncs = 5, 10118 DefaultedFuncs = 6, 10119 ConstexprFuncs = 7, 10120 ConstevalFuncs = 8, 10121 }; 10122 enum Different { 10123 CallingConv = 0, 10124 ReturnType = 1, 10125 ConstexprSpec = 2, 10126 InlineSpec = 3, 10127 StorageClass = 4, 10128 Linkage = 5, 10129 }; 10130 10131 if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldFD && 10132 !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 10133 Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID); 10134 Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second); 10135 return true; 10136 } 10137 10138 if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && 10139 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10140 return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID); 10141 10142 if (!TemplatesSupported && 10143 NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 10144 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10145 << FuncTemplates; 10146 10147 if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 10148 if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual()) 10149 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10150 << VirtFuncs; 10151 10152 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD)) 10153 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10154 << Constructors; 10155 10156 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD)) 10157 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10158 << Destructors; 10159 } 10160 10161 if (NewFD->isDeleted()) 10162 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10163 << DeletedFuncs; 10164 10165 if (NewFD->isDefaulted()) 10166 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10167 << DefaultedFuncs; 10168 10169 if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr()) 10170 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10171 << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs); 10172 10173 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 10174 const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 10175 QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType(); 10176 10177 if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType()) 10178 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 10179 << DeducedReturn; 10180 10181 // Ensure the return type is identical. 10182 if (OldFD) { 10183 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType()); 10184 const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 10185 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 10186 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 10187 10188 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 10189 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv; 10190 10191 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 10192 10193 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) 10194 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType; 10195 10196 if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind()) 10197 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec; 10198 10199 if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified()) 10200 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec; 10201 10202 if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 10203 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << StorageClass; 10204 10205 if (!CLinkageMayDiffer && OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC()) 10206 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage; 10207 10208 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 10209 OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(), 10210 NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation())) 10211 return true; 10212 } 10213 return false; 10214 } 10215 10216 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD, 10217 const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10218 bool CausesMV, 10219 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 10220 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 10221 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 10222 if (OldFD) 10223 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10224 return true; 10225 } 10226 10227 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = 10228 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 10229 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific; 10230 10231 if (CausesMV && OldFD && 10232 checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType)) 10233 return true; 10234 10235 if (checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, NewFD, nullptr, MVType)) 10236 return true; 10237 10238 // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used. 10239 if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false)) 10240 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); 10241 10242 return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( 10243 OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto), 10244 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 10245 S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)), 10246 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 10247 S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 10248 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType), 10249 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 10250 S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)), 10251 /*TemplatesSupported=*/false, 10252 /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType, 10253 /*CLinkageMayDiffer=*/false); 10254 } 10255 10256 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the 10257 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 10258 /// 10259 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10260 /// 10261 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 10262 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, 10263 MultiVersionKind MVType, 10264 const TargetAttr *TA) { 10265 assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None && 10266 "Function lacks multiversion attribute"); 10267 10268 // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal 10269 // function. 10270 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) 10271 return false; 10272 10273 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) { 10274 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10275 return true; 10276 } 10277 10278 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) { 10279 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10280 return true; 10281 } 10282 10283 FD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10284 return false; 10285 } 10286 10287 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 10288 for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) { 10289 if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None) 10290 return true; 10291 } 10292 10293 return false; 10294 } 10295 10296 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning( 10297 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 10298 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10299 LookupResult &Previous) { 10300 const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10301 ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 10302 // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent. 10303 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 10304 10305 // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that 10306 // to change, this is a simple redeclaration. 10307 if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() && 10308 (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr())) 10309 return false; 10310 10311 // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning. 10312 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 10313 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 10314 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10315 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10316 return true; 10317 } 10318 10319 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true, 10320 MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 10321 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10322 return true; 10323 } 10324 10325 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 10326 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10327 return true; 10328 } 10329 10330 // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration. 10331 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) { 10332 Redeclaration = true; 10333 OldDecl = OldFD; 10334 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10335 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10336 return false; 10337 } 10338 10339 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) { 10340 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10341 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10342 return true; 10343 } 10344 10345 ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 10346 10347 if (OldParsed == NewParsed) { 10348 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 10349 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10350 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10351 return true; 10352 } 10353 10354 for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) { 10355 const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10356 // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but 10357 // nothing after the fact. 10358 if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) && 10359 (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) { 10360 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 10361 << 0; 10362 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10363 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10364 return true; 10365 } 10366 } 10367 10368 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10369 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10370 Redeclaration = false; 10371 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10372 OldDecl = nullptr; 10373 Previous.clear(); 10374 return false; 10375 } 10376 10377 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing 10378 /// multiversioned declaration collection. 10379 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 10380 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10381 MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 10382 const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec, 10383 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10384 LookupResult &Previous) { 10385 10386 MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 10387 // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types. 10388 if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10389 NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) || 10390 (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10391 OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 10392 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 10393 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10394 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10395 return true; 10396 } 10397 10398 ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed; 10399 if (NewTA) { 10400 NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 10401 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 10402 } 10403 10404 bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = 10405 S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind(); 10406 10407 // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a 10408 // previous member of the MultiVersion set. 10409 for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) { 10410 FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction(); 10411 if (!CurFD) 10412 continue; 10413 if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) 10414 continue; 10415 10416 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) { 10417 const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10418 if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) { 10419 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10420 Redeclaration = true; 10421 OldDecl = ND; 10422 return false; 10423 } 10424 10425 ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 10426 if (CurParsed == NewParsed) { 10427 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 10428 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10429 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10430 return true; 10431 } 10432 } else { 10433 const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 10434 const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 10435 // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions. 10436 // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through 10437 // the redeclaration errors. 10438 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 10439 CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) { 10440 if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() && 10441 std::equal( 10442 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(), 10443 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), 10444 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 10445 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 10446 })) { 10447 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10448 Redeclaration = true; 10449 OldDecl = ND; 10450 return false; 10451 } 10452 10453 // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition. 10454 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch); 10455 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10456 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10457 return true; 10458 } 10459 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) { 10460 10461 if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() && 10462 std::equal( 10463 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(), 10464 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), 10465 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 10466 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 10467 })) { 10468 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10469 Redeclaration = true; 10470 OldDecl = ND; 10471 return false; 10472 } 10473 10474 // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU. 10475 for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) { 10476 for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) { 10477 if (CurII == NewII) { 10478 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs) 10479 << NewII; 10480 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10481 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10482 return true; 10483 } 10484 } 10485 } 10486 } 10487 // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error 10488 // condition. 10489 } 10490 } 10491 10492 // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case. Checking the 'value' is only 10493 // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are 10494 // handled in the attribute adding step. 10495 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10496 CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 10497 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10498 return true; 10499 } 10500 10501 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, 10502 !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) { 10503 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10504 return true; 10505 } 10506 10507 // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible. 10508 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { 10509 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10510 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10511 Redeclaration = true; 10512 OldDecl = OldFD; 10513 return false; 10514 } 10515 10516 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10517 Redeclaration = false; 10518 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10519 OldDecl = nullptr; 10520 Previous.clear(); 10521 return false; 10522 } 10523 10524 10525 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration. 10526 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 10527 /// 10528 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10529 /// 10530 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 10531 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10532 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 10533 bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10534 LookupResult &Previous) { 10535 const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10536 const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 10537 const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 10538 10539 // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited. 10540 if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) || 10541 (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) { 10542 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 10543 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10544 return true; 10545 } 10546 10547 MultiVersionKind MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 10548 10549 // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS 10550 // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint. 10551 if (NewFD->isMain()) { 10552 if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) || 10553 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 10554 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) { 10555 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main); 10556 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10557 return true; 10558 } 10559 return false; 10560 } 10561 10562 if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() || 10563 OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != 10564 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) { 10565 // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause 10566 // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition. 10567 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 10568 return false; 10569 return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA); 10570 } 10571 10572 FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction(); 10573 10574 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 10575 return false; 10576 10577 if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) { 10578 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 10579 << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target); 10580 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10581 return true; 10582 } 10583 10584 // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case. 10585 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) 10586 return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA, 10587 Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10588 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10589 10590 // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an 10591 // appropriate attribute in the current function decl. Resolve that these are 10592 // still compatible with previous declarations. 10593 return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 10594 S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration, 10595 OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10596 } 10597 10598 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 10599 /// 10600 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 10601 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 10602 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 10603 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 10604 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 10605 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 10606 /// via InstantiateDecl). 10607 /// 10608 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 10609 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 10610 /// previous declaration). 10611 /// 10612 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10613 /// 10614 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 10615 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10616 LookupResult &Previous, 10617 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 10618 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 10619 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 10620 10621 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 10622 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 10623 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 10624 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10625 !Previous.isShadowed(); 10626 10627 bool Redeclaration = false; 10628 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 10629 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 10630 10631 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 10632 // the same name, if appropriate. 10633 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10634 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 10635 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 10636 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 10637 // function to the scope. 10638 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 10639 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10640 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 10641 Redeclaration = true; 10642 OldDecl = Candidate; 10643 } 10644 } else { 10645 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10646 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 10647 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 10648 case Ovl_Match: 10649 Redeclaration = true; 10650 break; 10651 10652 case Ovl_NonFunction: 10653 Redeclaration = true; 10654 break; 10655 10656 case Ovl_Overload: 10657 Redeclaration = false; 10658 break; 10659 } 10660 } 10661 } 10662 10663 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 10664 if (!Redeclaration && 10665 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 10666 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10667 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 10668 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 10669 Redeclaration = true; 10670 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 10671 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10672 10673 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 10674 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 10675 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10676 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 10677 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10678 Redeclaration = false; 10679 OldDecl = nullptr; 10680 } 10681 } 10682 } 10683 } 10684 10685 if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10686 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous)) 10687 return Redeclaration; 10688 10689 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function return types. 10690 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() && 10691 CheckPPCMMAType(NewFD->getReturnType(), NewFD->getLocation())) { 10692 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10693 } 10694 10695 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 10696 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 10697 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 10698 // 10699 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 10700 // definition of a static member function. 10701 // 10702 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 10703 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 10704 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 10705 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 10706 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 10707 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) { 10708 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 10709 if (OldDecl) 10710 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 10711 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 10712 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 10713 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10714 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 10715 EPI.TypeQuals.addConst(); 10716 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 10717 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 10718 10719 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 10720 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 10721 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 10722 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 10723 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 10724 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 10725 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 10726 10727 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 10728 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 10729 } 10730 } 10731 } 10732 10733 if (Redeclaration) { 10734 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 10735 // merged. 10736 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 10737 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10738 return Redeclaration; 10739 } 10740 10741 Previous.clear(); 10742 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 10743 10744 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl = 10745 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 10746 auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10747 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 10748 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 10749 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 10750 10751 // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in 10752 // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we 10753 // can add it as a redeclaration. 10754 NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl); 10755 10756 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10757 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10758 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) { 10759 NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10760 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10761 } 10762 10763 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 10764 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 10765 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 10766 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 10767 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 10768 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 10769 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 10770 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 10771 if (OldFD->isDeleted()) { 10772 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 10773 assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD); 10774 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 10775 OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 10776 } 10777 } 10778 10779 } else { 10780 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 10781 auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 10782 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 10783 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10784 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10785 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) 10786 NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess()); 10787 } 10788 } 10789 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 10790 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10791 assert((Previous.empty() || 10792 llvm::any_of(Previous, 10793 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10794 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10795 })) && 10796 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 10797 10798 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10799 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 10800 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10801 }); 10802 10803 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 10804 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10805 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 10806 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 10807 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 10808 << false; 10809 10810 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 10811 } 10812 } 10813 10814 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 10815 10816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10817 // C++-specific checks. 10818 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10819 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 10820 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 10821 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10822 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 10823 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 10824 10825 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 10826 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 10827 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 10828 DeclarationName Name 10829 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 10830 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 10831 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 10832 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 10833 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10834 return Redeclaration; 10835 } 10836 } 10837 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 10838 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10839 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 10840 10841 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 10842 // explicitly specialized. 10843 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 10844 Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 10845 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 10846 } 10847 10848 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 10849 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 10850 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 10851 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 10852 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 10853 AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method); 10854 } 10855 if (Method->isVirtual() && NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) 10856 // C++2a [class.virtual]p6 10857 // A virtual method shall not have a requires-clause. 10858 Diag(NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()->getBeginLoc(), 10859 diag::err_constrained_virtual_method); 10860 10861 if (Method->isStatic()) 10862 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 10863 } 10864 10865 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) 10866 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 10867 10868 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 10869 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 10870 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10871 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10872 return Redeclaration; 10873 } 10874 10875 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 10876 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 10877 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10878 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10879 return Redeclaration; 10880 } 10881 10882 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 10883 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 10884 // during delayed parsing anyway. 10885 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 10886 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 10887 10888 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 10889 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 10890 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 10891 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 10892 LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID); 10893 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 10894 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 10895 // specification, that's OK. 10896 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 10897 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 10898 if (!T.isNull() && 10899 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 10900 NewFD->getType())) 10901 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 10902 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 10903 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 10904 } 10905 10906 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 10907 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 10908 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 10909 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 10910 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 10911 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 10912 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 10913 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 10914 << NewFD << R; 10915 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 10916 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10917 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 10918 } 10919 10920 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 10921 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 10922 // [is] part of the function type 10923 // 10924 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 10925 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 10926 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 10927 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 10928 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 10929 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 10930 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 10931 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 10932 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 10933 // restricted prior to C++17. 10934 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 10935 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 10936 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 10937 T = T->getPointeeType(); 10938 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 10939 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 10940 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10941 if (FPT->isNothrow()) 10942 return true; 10943 return false; 10944 }; 10945 10946 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10947 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 10948 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 10949 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 10950 if (AnyNoexcept) 10951 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10952 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 10953 << NewFD; 10954 } 10955 10956 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 10957 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 10958 } 10959 return Redeclaration; 10960 } 10961 10962 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 10963 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 10964 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 10965 // constexpr is ill-formed. 10966 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 10967 // appear in a declaration of main. 10968 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 10969 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 10970 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10971 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 10972 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 10973 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 10974 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 10975 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 10976 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 10977 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 10978 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 10979 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 10980 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 10981 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 10982 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 10983 } 10984 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 10985 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 10986 << FD->isConsteval() 10987 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 10988 FD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); 10989 } 10990 10991 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10992 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 10993 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 10994 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10995 return; 10996 } 10997 10998 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10999 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 11000 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 11001 11002 // Set default calling convention for main() 11003 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 11004 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 11005 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 11006 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); 11007 } 11008 11009 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11010 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 11011 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 11012 // implicit-return-zero rule. 11013 11014 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 11015 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 11016 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 11017 else { 11018 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 11019 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 11020 if (RTRange.isValid()) 11021 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 11022 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 11023 } 11024 } else { 11025 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 11026 // set the flag which tells us that. 11027 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 11028 11029 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 11030 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 11031 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 11032 else { 11033 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 11034 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 11035 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 11036 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 11037 : FixItHint()); 11038 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 11039 } 11040 } 11041 11042 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 11043 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 11044 11045 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 11046 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 11047 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 11048 11049 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 11050 11051 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 11052 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 11053 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 11054 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 11055 } 11056 11057 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 11058 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 11059 // getting shifty. 11060 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 11061 HasExtraParameters = false; 11062 11063 if (HasExtraParameters) { 11064 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 11065 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 11066 nparams = 3; 11067 } 11068 11069 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 11070 // if we had some location information about types. 11071 11072 QualType CharPP = 11073 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 11074 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 11075 11076 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 11077 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 11078 11079 bool mismatch = true; 11080 11081 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 11082 mismatch = false; 11083 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 11084 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 11085 // char const ** 11086 // char const * const * 11087 // char * const * 11088 11089 QualifierCollector qs; 11090 const PointerType* PT; 11091 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 11092 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 11093 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 11094 Context.CharTy)) { 11095 qs.removeConst(); 11096 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 11097 } 11098 } 11099 11100 if (mismatch) { 11101 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 11102 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 11103 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 11104 } 11105 } 11106 11107 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11108 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 11109 } 11110 11111 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 11112 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 11113 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11114 } 11115 } 11116 11117 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11118 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11119 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 11120 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 11121 11122 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 11123 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 11124 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 11125 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 11126 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 11127 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 11128 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 11129 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 11130 11131 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 11132 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 11133 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11134 } 11135 } 11136 11137 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 11138 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 11139 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 11140 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 11141 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 11142 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 11143 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 11144 // 11145 // Regular C++ code will not end up here (exceptions: language extensions, 11146 // OpenCL C++ etc), so the constant expression rules there don't matter. 11147 if (Init->isValueDependent()) { 11148 assert(Init->containsErrors() && 11149 "Dependent code should only occur in error-recovery path."); 11150 return true; 11151 } 11152 const Expr *Culprit; 11153 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 11154 return false; 11155 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 11156 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 11157 return true; 11158 } 11159 11160 namespace { 11161 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 11162 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 11163 class SelfReferenceChecker 11164 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 11165 Sema &S; 11166 Decl *OrigDecl; 11167 bool isRecordType; 11168 bool isPODType; 11169 bool isReferenceType; 11170 11171 bool isInitList; 11172 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 11173 11174 public: 11175 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 11176 11177 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 11178 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 11179 isPODType = false; 11180 isRecordType = false; 11181 isReferenceType = false; 11182 isInitList = false; 11183 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 11184 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 11185 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 11186 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 11187 } 11188 } 11189 11190 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 11191 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 11192 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 11193 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 11194 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 11195 if (!InitList) { 11196 Visit(E); 11197 return; 11198 } 11199 11200 // Track and increment the index here. 11201 isInitList = true; 11202 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 11203 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 11204 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 11205 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 11206 } 11207 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 11208 } 11209 11210 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 11211 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 11212 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 11213 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 11214 Expr *Base = E; 11215 bool ReferenceField = false; 11216 11217 // Get the field members used. 11218 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11219 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 11220 if (!FD) 11221 return false; 11222 Fields.push_back(FD); 11223 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 11224 ReferenceField = true; 11225 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11226 } 11227 11228 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 11229 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 11230 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 11231 return false; 11232 11233 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 11234 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 11235 return true; 11236 11237 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 11238 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 11239 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 11240 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 11241 11242 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 11243 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 11244 // initialized, then the use is safe. 11245 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 11246 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 11247 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 11248 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 11249 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 11250 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 11251 return true; 11252 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 11253 break; 11254 } 11255 11256 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 11257 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11258 return true; 11259 } 11260 11261 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 11262 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 11263 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 11264 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 11265 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 11266 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 11267 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11268 return; 11269 } 11270 11271 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 11272 Visit(CO->getCond()); 11273 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 11274 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 11275 return; 11276 } 11277 11278 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 11279 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 11280 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 11281 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 11282 return; 11283 } 11284 11285 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 11286 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 11287 return; 11288 } 11289 11290 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 11291 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 11292 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 11293 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 11294 return; 11295 } 11296 } 11297 11298 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 11299 if (isInitList) { 11300 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 11301 false /*CheckReference*/)) 11302 return; 11303 } 11304 11305 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11306 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11307 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 11308 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 11309 return; 11310 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11311 } 11312 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 11313 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11314 return; 11315 } 11316 11317 Visit(E); 11318 } 11319 11320 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 11321 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 11322 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 11323 if (isReferenceType) 11324 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 11325 } 11326 11327 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 11328 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 11329 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11330 return; 11331 } 11332 11333 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 11334 } 11335 11336 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 11337 if (isInitList) { 11338 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 11339 return; 11340 } 11341 11342 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 11343 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 11344 11345 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 11346 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 11347 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 11348 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 11349 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11350 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11351 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 11352 Warn = false; 11353 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11354 } 11355 11356 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 11357 if (Warn) 11358 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11359 return; 11360 } 11361 11362 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 11363 // Visit that expression. 11364 Visit(Base); 11365 } 11366 11367 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 11368 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 11369 11370 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 11371 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 11372 11373 Visit(Callee); 11374 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 11375 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 11376 } 11377 11378 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 11379 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 11380 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 11381 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 11382 if (!isPODType) 11383 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11384 return; 11385 } 11386 11387 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 11388 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11389 return; 11390 } 11391 11392 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 11393 } 11394 11395 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 11396 11397 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 11398 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 11399 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 11400 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 11401 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 11402 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 11403 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 11404 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 11405 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 11406 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 11407 return; 11408 } 11409 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 11410 } 11411 11412 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 11413 // Treat std::move as a use. 11414 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { 11415 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 11416 return; 11417 } 11418 11419 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 11420 } 11421 11422 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 11423 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 11424 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 11425 Visit(E->getRHS()); 11426 return; 11427 } 11428 11429 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 11430 } 11431 11432 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 11433 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 11434 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 11435 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 11436 Visit(E->getCond()); 11437 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 11438 } 11439 11440 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 11441 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 11442 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 11443 unsigned diag; 11444 if (isReferenceType) { 11445 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 11446 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 11447 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 11448 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 11449 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 11450 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 11451 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 11452 } else { 11453 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 11454 return; 11455 } 11456 11457 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE, 11458 S.PDiag(diag) 11459 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 11460 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 11461 } 11462 }; 11463 11464 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 11465 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 11466 bool DirectInit) { 11467 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 11468 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 11469 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 11470 return; 11471 11472 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 11473 11474 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 11475 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 11476 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 11477 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 11478 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 11479 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 11480 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 11481 return; 11482 11483 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 11484 } 11485 } // end anonymous namespace 11486 11487 namespace { 11488 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 11489 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 11490 struct VarDeclOrName { 11491 VarDecl *VDecl; 11492 DeclarationName Name; 11493 11494 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 11495 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 11496 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 11497 } 11498 }; 11499 } // end anonymous namespace 11500 11501 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 11502 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 11503 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 11504 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 11505 Expr *Init) { 11506 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 11507 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 11508 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 11509 11510 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 11511 11512 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 11513 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 11514 11515 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 11516 if (!Init) { 11517 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 11518 11519 // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing 11520 // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern. 11521 if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) || 11522 VDecl->hasExternalStorage() || 11523 VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 11524 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 11525 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 11526 return QualType(); 11527 } 11528 } 11529 11530 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits; 11531 if (Init) 11532 DeduceInits = Init; 11533 11534 if (DirectInit) { 11535 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 11536 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 11537 } 11538 11539 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 11540 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 11541 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 11542 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 11543 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 11544 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 11545 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 11546 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 11547 InitsCopy); 11548 } 11549 11550 if (DirectInit) { 11551 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 11552 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 11553 } 11554 11555 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 11556 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 11557 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 11558 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 11559 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 11560 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 11561 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 11562 << VN << Type << Range; 11563 return QualType(); 11564 } 11565 11566 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 11567 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(), 11568 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 11569 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 11570 << VN << Type << Range; 11571 return QualType(); 11572 } 11573 11574 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 11575 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 11576 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 11577 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 11578 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 11579 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 11580 return QualType(); 11581 } 11582 11583 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 11584 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 11585 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 11586 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 11587 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 11588 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11589 return QualType(); 11590 } 11591 Init = Result.get(); 11592 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 11593 } 11594 11595 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 11596 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 11597 // is present, e has type cv A 11598 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 11599 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 11600 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 11601 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 11602 Type.getQualifiers()); 11603 11604 QualType DeducedType; 11605 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 11606 if (!IsInitCapture) 11607 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 11608 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 11609 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 11610 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 11611 << VN 11612 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11613 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11614 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11615 else 11616 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 11617 << VN << TSI->getType() 11618 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11619 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11620 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11621 } 11622 11623 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 11624 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 11625 // checks. 11626 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 11627 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 11628 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 11629 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 11630 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11631 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 11632 } 11633 11634 return DeducedType; 11635 } 11636 11637 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 11638 Expr *Init) { 11639 assert(!Init || !Init->containsErrors()); 11640 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 11641 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 11642 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 11643 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 11644 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11645 return true; 11646 } 11647 11648 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 11649 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 11650 11651 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 11652 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 11653 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11654 11655 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 11656 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VDecl); 11657 11658 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 11659 // the previously declared type. 11660 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 11661 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 11662 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 11663 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 11664 } 11665 11666 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 11667 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 11668 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 11669 } 11670 11671 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, 11672 SourceLocation Loc) { 11673 if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 11674 Init = EWC->getSubExpr(); 11675 11676 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init)) 11677 Init = CE->getSubExpr(); 11678 11679 QualType InitType = Init->getType(); 11680 assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 11681 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) && 11682 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct"); 11683 if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 11684 for (auto I : ILE->inits()) { 11685 if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() && 11686 !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11687 continue; 11688 SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc(); 11689 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc); 11690 } 11691 return; 11692 } 11693 11694 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) { 11695 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 11696 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, 11697 NTCUK_Init); 11698 } else { 11699 // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing 11700 // object. 11701 // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee 11702 // copy-elision. 11703 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11704 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy); 11705 } 11706 } 11707 11708 namespace { 11709 11710 bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) { 11711 // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly 11712 // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union 11713 // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership 11714 // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining 11715 // whether the containing union is non-trivial. 11716 return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>(); 11717 } 11718 11719 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor 11720 : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor, 11721 void> { 11722 using Super = 11723 DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor, 11724 void>; 11725 11726 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor( 11727 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11728 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S) 11729 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11730 11731 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT, 11732 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11733 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11734 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11735 InNonTrivialUnion); 11736 return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11737 } 11738 11739 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11740 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11741 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11742 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11743 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName(); 11744 } 11745 11746 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11747 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11748 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11749 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName(); 11750 } 11751 11752 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11753 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11754 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11755 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11756 bool IsUnion = false; 11757 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11758 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11759 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11760 << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11761 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11762 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11763 } 11764 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11765 } 11766 11767 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11768 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11769 << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11770 11771 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11772 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 11773 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11774 } 11775 11776 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11777 11778 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11779 // non-trivial C union. 11780 QualType OrigTy; 11781 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11782 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11783 Sema &S; 11784 }; 11785 11786 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor 11787 : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> { 11788 using Super = 11789 DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>; 11790 11791 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor( 11792 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11793 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S) 11794 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11795 11796 void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT, 11797 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11798 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11799 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11800 InNonTrivialUnion); 11801 return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11802 } 11803 11804 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11805 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11806 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11807 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11808 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName(); 11809 } 11810 11811 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11812 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11813 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11814 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName(); 11815 } 11816 11817 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11818 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11819 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11820 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11821 bool IsUnion = false; 11822 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11823 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11824 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11825 << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11826 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11827 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11828 } 11829 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11830 } 11831 11832 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11833 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11834 << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11835 11836 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11837 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 11838 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11839 } 11840 11841 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11842 void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11843 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11844 11845 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11846 // non-trivial C union. 11847 QualType OrigTy; 11848 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11849 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11850 Sema &S; 11851 }; 11852 11853 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor 11854 : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> { 11855 using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>; 11856 11857 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11858 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, 11859 Sema &S) 11860 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11861 11862 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT, 11863 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11864 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11865 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11866 InNonTrivialUnion); 11867 return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11868 } 11869 11870 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11871 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11872 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11873 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11874 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName(); 11875 } 11876 11877 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11878 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11879 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11880 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName(); 11881 } 11882 11883 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11884 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11885 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11886 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11887 bool IsUnion = false; 11888 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11889 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11890 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11891 << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11892 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11893 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11894 } 11895 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11896 } 11897 11898 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11899 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11900 << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11901 11902 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11903 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 11904 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11905 } 11906 11907 void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT, 11908 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11909 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11910 void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11911 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11912 11913 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11914 // non-trivial C union. 11915 QualType OrigTy; 11916 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11917 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11918 Sema &S; 11919 }; 11920 11921 } // namespace 11922 11923 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc, 11924 NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, 11925 unsigned NonTrivialKind) { 11926 assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 11927 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 11928 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) && 11929 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union"); 11930 11931 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) && 11932 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 11933 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 11934 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 11935 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) && 11936 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion()) 11937 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 11938 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 11939 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11940 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 11941 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 11942 } 11943 11944 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 11945 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 11946 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 11947 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 11948 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 11949 // the initializer. 11950 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11951 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 11952 return; 11953 } 11954 11955 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11956 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 11957 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 11958 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 11959 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 11960 return; 11961 } 11962 11963 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 11964 if (!VDecl) { 11965 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 11966 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 11967 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11968 return; 11969 } 11970 11971 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 11972 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11973 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 11974 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 11975 // TypoExpr. 11976 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 11977 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 11978 // There are unresolved typos in Init, just drop them. 11979 // FIXME: improve the recovery strategy to preserve the Init. 11980 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11981 return; 11982 } 11983 if (Res.get()->containsErrors()) { 11984 // Invalidate the decl as we don't know the type for recovery-expr yet. 11985 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11986 VDecl->setInit(Res.get()); 11987 return; 11988 } 11989 Init = Res.get(); 11990 11991 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 11992 return; 11993 } 11994 11995 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 11996 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 11997 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 11998 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11999 return; 12000 } 12001 12002 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 12003 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 12004 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 12005 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12006 return; 12007 } 12008 12009 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 12010 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 12011 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 12012 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 12013 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 12014 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 12015 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 12016 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 12017 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12018 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12019 return; 12020 } 12021 12022 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 12023 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 12024 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12025 AbstractVariableType)) 12026 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12027 } 12028 12029 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 12030 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 12031 // handle the situation. 12032 VarDecl *Def; 12033 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 12034 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 12035 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 12036 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 12037 return; 12038 12039 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12040 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 12041 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 12042 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 12043 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 12044 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 12045 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 12046 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 12047 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 12048 // 12049 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 12050 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 12051 // declaration with an initializer. 12052 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 12053 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 12054 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 12055 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 12056 diag::note_previous_initializer) 12057 << 0; 12058 return; 12059 } 12060 12061 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 12062 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12063 12064 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 12065 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12066 return; 12067 } 12068 } 12069 12070 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 12071 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 12072 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 12073 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 12074 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12075 return; 12076 } 12077 12078 // The LoaderUninitialized attribute acts as a definition (of undef). 12079 if (VDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) { 12080 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_cant_init); 12081 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12082 return; 12083 } 12084 12085 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 12086 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 12087 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 12088 12089 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 12090 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 12091 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 12092 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 12093 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 12094 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 12095 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12096 return; 12097 } 12098 Init = Result.get(); 12099 } 12100 12101 // Perform the initialization. 12102 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 12103 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 12104 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 12105 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 12106 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 12107 12108 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 12109 if (CXXDirectInit) 12110 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 12111 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 12112 12113 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 12114 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 12115 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 12116 Args[Idx], VDecl, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/true, 12117 [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 12118 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 12119 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 12120 }); 12121 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 12122 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12123 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 12124 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 12125 } 12126 } 12127 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12128 return; 12129 12130 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 12131 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 12132 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 12133 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 12134 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 12135 // If the provied initializer fails to initialize the var decl, 12136 // we attach a recovery expr for better recovery. 12137 auto RecoveryExpr = 12138 CreateRecoveryExpr(Init->getBeginLoc(), Init->getEndLoc(), Args); 12139 if (RecoveryExpr.get()) 12140 VDecl->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get()); 12141 return; 12142 } 12143 12144 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 12145 } 12146 12147 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 12148 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 12149 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 12150 // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C. 12151 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12152 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 12153 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 12154 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 12155 } 12156 } 12157 12158 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 12159 // completed by the initializer. For example: 12160 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 12161 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 12162 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 12163 VDecl->setType(DclT); 12164 12165 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 12166 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 12167 12168 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 12169 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 12170 12171 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 12172 // Although this code can still have problems: 12173 // id x = self.weakProp; 12174 // id y = self.weakProp; 12175 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 12176 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 12177 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 12178 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction()) 12179 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 12180 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 12181 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 12182 Init->getBeginLoc())) 12183 FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 12184 } 12185 12186 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 12187 // 12188 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 12189 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 12190 // full-expression. For instance, in: 12191 // 12192 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 12193 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 12194 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 12195 // 12196 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 12197 ExprResult Result = 12198 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 12199 /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr()); 12200 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 12201 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12202 return; 12203 } 12204 Init = Result.get(); 12205 12206 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 12207 VDecl->setInit(Init); 12208 12209 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 12210 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 12211 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 12212 // do nothing 12213 12214 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 12215 // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL. 12216 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 12217 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 12218 12219 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 12220 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12221 // do nothing 12222 12223 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 12224 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 12225 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 12226 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 12227 12228 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 12229 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 12230 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 12231 // constant expressions. 12232 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 12233 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 12234 const Expr *Culprit; 12235 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 12236 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 12237 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 12238 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 12239 } 12240 } 12241 12242 if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 12243 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) 12244 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 12245 BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(); 12246 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 12247 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 12248 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 12249 // 12250 // struct S { 12251 // static const int value = 17; 12252 // }; 12253 12254 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 12255 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 12256 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 12257 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 12258 // 12259 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 12260 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 12261 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 12262 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 12263 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 12264 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 12265 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 12266 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 12267 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 12268 12269 // Do nothing on dependent types. 12270 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 12271 12272 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 12273 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 12274 // type. 12275 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 12276 12277 // Require constness. 12278 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 12279 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 12280 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12281 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12282 12283 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 12284 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12285 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 12286 SourceLocation Loc; 12287 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 12288 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 12289 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 12290 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 12291 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 12292 ; // Nothing to check. 12293 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 12294 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 12295 else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() && 12296 Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context)) 12297 ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression. 12298 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 12299 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 12300 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 12301 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12302 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12303 } else { 12304 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 12305 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 12306 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12307 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12308 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12309 } 12310 12311 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 12312 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 12313 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 12314 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 12315 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12316 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 12317 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 12318 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12319 Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), 12320 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 12321 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 12322 } else { 12323 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 12324 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12325 12326 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 12327 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12328 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12329 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12330 } 12331 } 12332 12333 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 12334 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 12335 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 12336 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 12337 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 12338 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 12339 12340 } else { 12341 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 12342 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12343 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12344 } 12345 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 12346 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 12347 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 12348 // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 12349 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 12350 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 12351 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 12352 // C++ rules. 12353 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 12354 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 12355 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 12356 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 12357 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 12358 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 12359 12360 // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has 12361 // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with 12362 // __declspec(dllexport). 12363 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 12364 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() && 12365 VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition()) 12366 VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern); 12367 12368 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 12369 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12370 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 12371 } 12372 12373 QualType InitType = Init->getType(); 12374 if (!InitType.isNull() && 12375 (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 12376 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())) 12377 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc()); 12378 12379 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 12380 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 12381 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 12382 // 12383 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 12384 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 12385 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 12386 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 12387 // special case code. 12388 12389 // C++ 8.5p11: 12390 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 12391 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 12392 // class type. 12393 if (CXXDirectInit) { 12394 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 12395 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 12396 } else if (DirectInit) { 12397 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 12398 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 12399 } 12400 12401 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) 12402 DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.push_back(VDecl); 12403 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 12404 } 12405 12406 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 12407 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 12408 /// of sanity. 12409 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 12410 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 12411 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 12412 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 12413 12414 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 12415 if (!VD) return; 12416 12417 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 12418 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 12419 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 12420 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 12421 12422 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 12423 if (VD->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12424 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12425 return; 12426 } 12427 12428 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 12429 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 12430 12431 // Require a complete type. 12432 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 12433 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 12434 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12435 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12436 return; 12437 } 12438 12439 // Require a non-abstract type. 12440 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 12441 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12442 AbstractVariableType)) { 12443 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12444 return; 12445 } 12446 12447 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 12448 // though. 12449 } 12450 12451 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 12452 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 12453 if (!RealDecl) 12454 return; 12455 12456 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 12457 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 12458 12459 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 12460 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 12461 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 12462 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12463 return; 12464 } 12465 12466 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 12467 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 12468 return; 12469 12470 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 12471 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 12472 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 12473 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 12474 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 12475 // member. 12476 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12477 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 12478 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 12479 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 12480 // a definition there. 12481 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && 12482 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12483 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 12484 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 12485 << Var; 12486 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12487 return; 12488 } 12489 } else { 12490 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 12491 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12492 return; 12493 } 12494 } 12495 12496 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 12497 // be initialized. 12498 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12499 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 12500 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 12501 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 12502 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12503 return; 12504 } 12505 12506 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && RealDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) { 12507 if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) { 12508 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_extern_decl) 12509 << Var; 12510 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12511 return; 12512 } 12513 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Var->getType(), 12514 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12515 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12516 return; 12517 } 12518 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 12519 if (!RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) { 12520 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_trivial_ctor); 12521 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12522 return; 12523 } 12524 } 12525 } 12526 12527 VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 12528 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && 12529 Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 12530 checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(), 12531 NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init); 12532 12533 12534 switch (DefKind) { 12535 case VarDecl::Definition: 12536 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 12537 break; 12538 12539 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 12540 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 12541 // a declaration. 12542 // 12543 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 12544 12545 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 12546 // It's only a declaration. 12547 12548 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 12549 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 12550 // object shall be complete. 12551 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 12552 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12553 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12554 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 12555 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12556 12557 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 12558 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12559 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12560 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12561 AbstractVariableType)) 12562 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12563 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12564 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 12565 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 12566 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 12567 } 12568 12569 if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalVar() && 12570 !Var->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12571 ExternalDeclarations.push_back(Var); 12572 12573 return; 12574 12575 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 12576 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 12577 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 12578 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 12579 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 12580 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 12581 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 12582 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 12583 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 12584 if (RequireCompleteSizedType( 12585 Var->getLocation(), ArrayT->getElementType(), 12586 diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type)) 12587 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12588 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 12589 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 12590 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 12591 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 12592 // NOTE: code such as the following 12593 // static struct s; 12594 // struct s { int a; }; 12595 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 12596 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 12597 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 12598 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 12599 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12600 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 12601 } 12602 } 12603 12604 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 12605 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 12606 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 12607 return; 12608 } 12609 12610 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 12611 // definitions with incomplete array type. 12612 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 12613 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 12614 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 12615 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12616 return; 12617 } 12618 12619 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 12620 // definitions with reference type. 12621 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 12622 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 12623 << Var << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 12624 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12625 return; 12626 } 12627 12628 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 12629 // variable with dependent type. 12630 if (Type->isDependentType()) 12631 return; 12632 12633 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 12634 return; 12635 12636 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 12637 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 12638 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 12639 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12640 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12641 return; 12642 } 12643 } else { 12644 return; 12645 } 12646 12647 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 12648 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12649 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12650 AbstractVariableType)) { 12651 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12652 return; 12653 } 12654 12655 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 12656 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 12657 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 12658 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 12659 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 12660 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 12661 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 12662 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 12663 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 12664 // types and is declared without an initializer. 12665 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 12666 if (const RecordType *Record 12667 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12668 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 12669 // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the 12670 // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can 12671 // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98. 12672 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 12673 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12674 } 12675 } 12676 // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space, 12677 // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer. 12678 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && 12679 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 12680 return; 12681 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 12682 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 12683 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 12684 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 12685 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 12686 // type shall have a user-declared default 12687 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 12688 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 12689 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 12690 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 12691 // program is ill-formed. 12692 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 12693 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 12694 // default-initialized; [...]. 12695 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 12696 InitializationKind Kind 12697 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 12698 12699 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 12700 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 12701 12702 if (Init.get()) { 12703 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 12704 // This is important for template substitution. 12705 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 12706 } else if (Init.isInvalid()) { 12707 // If default-init fails, attach a recovery-expr initializer to track 12708 // that initialization was attempted and failed. 12709 auto RecoveryExpr = 12710 CreateRecoveryExpr(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation(), {}); 12711 if (RecoveryExpr.get()) 12712 Var->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get()); 12713 } 12714 12715 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 12716 } 12717 } 12718 12719 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 12720 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 12721 if (!D) 12722 return; 12723 12724 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 12725 if (!VD) { 12726 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 12727 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12728 return; 12729 } 12730 12731 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 12732 12733 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 12734 int Error = -1; 12735 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 12736 case SC_None: 12737 break; 12738 case SC_Extern: 12739 Error = 0; 12740 break; 12741 case SC_Static: 12742 Error = 1; 12743 break; 12744 case SC_PrivateExtern: 12745 Error = 2; 12746 break; 12747 case SC_Auto: 12748 Error = 3; 12749 break; 12750 case SC_Register: 12751 Error = 4; 12752 break; 12753 } 12754 if (Error != -1) { 12755 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 12756 << VD << Error; 12757 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12758 } 12759 } 12760 12761 StmtResult 12762 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 12763 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 12764 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 12765 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 12766 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 12767 // A range-based for statement of the form 12768 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 12769 // is equivalent to 12770 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 12771 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 12772 12773 const char *PrevSpec; 12774 unsigned DiagID; 12775 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 12776 getPrintingPolicy()); 12777 12778 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForInit); 12779 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 12780 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 12781 12782 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false), 12783 IdentLoc); 12784 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 12785 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 12786 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 12787 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 12788 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 12789 } 12790 12791 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 12792 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 12793 12794 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12795 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 12796 // initialiser 12797 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 12798 !var->hasInit()) { 12799 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 12800 << 1 /*Init*/; 12801 var->setInvalidDecl(); 12802 return; 12803 } 12804 } 12805 12806 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 12807 // local retaining variable. 12808 if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 12809 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 12810 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 12811 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 12812 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 12813 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 12814 break; 12815 12816 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 12817 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 12818 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12819 break; 12820 } 12821 } 12822 12823 if (var->hasLocalStorage() && 12824 var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) 12825 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12826 12827 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 12828 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 12829 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 12830 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 12831 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 12832 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12833 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 12834 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 12835 !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 12836 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(var) && 12837 !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) && 12838 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 12839 var->getLocation())) { 12840 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 12841 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 12842 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 12843 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 12844 12845 if (!prev) { 12846 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 12847 Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 12848 << /* variable */ 0; 12849 } 12850 } 12851 12852 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 12853 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 12854 const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr; 12855 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 12856 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 12857 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 12858 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 12859 return *CacheHasConstInit; 12860 }; 12861 12862 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 12863 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 12864 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 12865 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 12866 // have a non-trivial destructor. 12867 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 12868 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12869 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 12870 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 12871 if (!checkConstInit()) { 12872 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 12873 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 12874 // initialization. 12875 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 12876 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 12877 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 12878 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12879 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 12880 } 12881 } 12882 } 12883 12884 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 12885 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 12886 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12887 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 12888 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 12889 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Read; 12890 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 12891 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 12892 else if (!var->getInit()) { 12893 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 12894 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 12895 } else { 12896 Stack = &DataSegStack; 12897 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 12898 } 12899 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 12900 if (SA->getSyntax() == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Declspec) 12901 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit; 12902 UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var); 12903 } else if (Stack->CurrentValue) { 12904 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit; 12905 auto SectionName = Stack->CurrentValue->getString(); 12906 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 12907 Context, SectionName, Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation, 12908 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate)); 12909 if (UnifySection(SectionName, SectionFlags, var)) 12910 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 12911 } 12912 12913 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 12914 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 12915 // attribute. 12916 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 12917 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 12918 CurInitSegLoc, 12919 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 12920 } 12921 12922 if (!var->getType()->isStructureType() && var->hasInit() && 12923 isa<InitListExpr>(var->getInit())) { 12924 const auto *ILE = cast<InitListExpr>(var->getInit()); 12925 unsigned NumInits = ILE->getNumInits(); 12926 if (NumInits > 2) 12927 for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumInits; ++I) { 12928 const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(I); 12929 if (!Init) 12930 break; 12931 const auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts()); 12932 if (!SL) 12933 break; 12934 12935 unsigned NumConcat = SL->getNumConcatenated(); 12936 // Diagnose missing comma in string array initialization. 12937 // Do not warn when all the elements in the initializer are concatenated 12938 // together. Do not warn for macros too. 12939 if (NumConcat == 2 && !SL->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) { 12940 bool OnlyOneMissingComma = true; 12941 for (unsigned J = I + 1; J < NumInits; ++J) { 12942 const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(J); 12943 if (!Init) 12944 break; 12945 const auto *SLJ = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts()); 12946 if (!SLJ || SLJ->getNumConcatenated() > 1) { 12947 OnlyOneMissingComma = false; 12948 break; 12949 } 12950 } 12951 12952 if (OnlyOneMissingComma) { 12953 SmallVector<FixItHint, 1> Hints; 12954 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumConcat - 1; ++i) 12955 Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 12956 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SL->getStrTokenLoc(i)), ",")); 12957 12958 Diag(SL->getStrTokenLoc(1), 12959 diag::warn_concatenated_literal_array_init) 12960 << Hints; 12961 Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(), 12962 diag::note_concatenated_string_literal_silence); 12963 } 12964 // In any case, stop now. 12965 break; 12966 } 12967 } 12968 } 12969 12970 // All the following checks are C++ only. 12971 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12972 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 12973 // current module. 12974 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 12975 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 12976 return; 12977 } 12978 12979 QualType type = var->getType(); 12980 12981 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 12982 getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var); 12983 12984 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 12985 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 12986 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 12987 12988 // Check whether the initializer is sufficiently constant. 12989 if (!type->isDependentType() && Init && !Init->isValueDependent() && 12990 (GlobalStorage || var->isConstexpr() || 12991 var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context))) { 12992 // If this variable might have a constant initializer or might be usable in 12993 // constant expressions, check whether or not it actually is now. We can't 12994 // do this lazily, because the result might depend on things that change 12995 // later, such as which constexpr functions happen to be defined. 12996 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 12997 bool HasConstInit; 12998 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12999 // Prior to C++11, in contexts where a constant initializer is required, 13000 // the set of valid constant initializers is described by syntactic rules 13001 // in [expr.const]p2-6. 13002 // FIXME: Stricter checking for these rules would be useful for constinit / 13003 // -Wglobal-constructors. 13004 HasConstInit = checkConstInit(); 13005 13006 // Compute and cache the constant value, and remember that we have a 13007 // constant initializer. 13008 if (HasConstInit) { 13009 (void)var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes); 13010 Notes.clear(); 13011 } else if (CacheCulprit) { 13012 Notes.emplace_back(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 13013 PDiag(diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr)); 13014 Notes.back().second << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 13015 } 13016 } else { 13017 // Evaluate the initializer to see if it's a constant initializer. 13018 HasConstInit = var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes); 13019 } 13020 13021 if (HasConstInit) { 13022 // FIXME: Consider replacing the initializer with a ConstantExpr. 13023 } else if (var->isConstexpr()) { 13024 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 13025 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 13026 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 13027 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 13028 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 13029 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 13030 Notes.clear(); 13031 } 13032 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 13033 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 13034 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 13035 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 13036 } else if (GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) { 13037 auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 13038 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 13039 << Init->getSourceRange(); 13040 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 13041 << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit(); 13042 for (auto &it : Notes) 13043 Diag(it.first, it.second); 13044 } else if (IsGlobal && 13045 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 13046 var->getLocation())) { 13047 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 13048 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 13049 // warned about them. 13050 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 13051 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 13052 // checkConstInit() here permits trivial default initialization even in 13053 // C++11 onwards, where such an initializer is not a constant initializer 13054 // but nonetheless doesn't require a global constructor. 13055 if (!checkConstInit()) 13056 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 13057 << Init->getSourceRange(); 13058 } 13059 } 13060 } 13061 13062 // Require the destructor. 13063 if (!type->isDependentType()) 13064 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 13065 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 13066 13067 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 13068 // module. 13069 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 13070 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 13071 13072 // Build the bindings if this is a structured binding declaration. 13073 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 13074 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 13075 } 13076 13077 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 13078 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 13079 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13080 return true; 13081 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 13082 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 13083 return true; 13084 return false; 13085 } 13086 13087 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a 13088 /// dllexport/import function. 13089 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) { 13090 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 13091 13092 auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 13093 13094 // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function. 13095 while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) && 13096 !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() && 13097 !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 13098 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 13099 } 13100 13101 if (!FD) 13102 return; 13103 13104 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 13105 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 13106 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 13107 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 13108 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 13109 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 13110 auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A); 13111 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 13112 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 13113 13114 // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even 13115 // if it is not used in this compilation unit. 13116 if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) 13117 FD->addAttr(NewAttr); 13118 13119 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 13120 auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A); 13121 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 13122 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 13123 } 13124 } 13125 13126 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 13127 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 13128 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 13129 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 13130 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 13131 13132 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 13133 if (!VD) 13134 return; 13135 13136 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 13137 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 13138 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 13139 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 13140 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13141 Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 13142 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation, 13143 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13144 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 13145 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13146 Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 13147 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation, 13148 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13149 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 13150 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13151 Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 13152 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation, 13153 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13154 if (PragmaClangRelroSection.Valid) 13155 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 13156 Context, PragmaClangRelroSection.SectionName, 13157 PragmaClangRelroSection.PragmaLocation, 13158 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 13159 } 13160 13161 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 13162 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 13163 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 13164 } 13165 } 13166 13167 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 13168 13169 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 13170 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 13171 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 13172 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 13173 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 13174 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 13175 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 13176 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13177 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 13178 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 13179 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 13180 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 13181 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 13182 } 13183 } 13184 } 13185 13186 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) 13187 CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD); 13188 13189 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 13190 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 13191 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 13192 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 13193 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 13194 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 13195 checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD); 13196 13197 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 13198 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 13199 13200 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 13201 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 13202 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 13203 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13204 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 13205 // with a warning. 13206 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 13207 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 13208 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 13209 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 13210 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 13211 13212 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 13213 IsClassTemplateMember 13214 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 13215 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 13216 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 13217 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 13218 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 13219 } 13220 } 13221 13222 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 13223 // isn't exported with the variable. 13224 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 13225 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 13226 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 13227 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 13228 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 13229 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 13230 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 13231 } else { 13232 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 13233 << DLLAttr; 13234 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 13235 } 13236 } 13237 13238 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 13239 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13240 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 13241 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 13242 } 13243 } 13244 13245 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 13246 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 13247 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 13248 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 13249 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 13250 13251 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 13252 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 13253 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 13254 13255 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 13256 // tag values. 13257 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 13258 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 13259 return; 13260 13261 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 13262 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 13263 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 13264 continue; 13265 } 13266 Optional<llvm::APSInt> MagicValueInt; 13267 if (!(MagicValueInt = MagicValueExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) { 13268 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 13269 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 13270 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 13271 continue; 13272 } 13273 if (MagicValueInt->getActiveBits() > 64) { 13274 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 13275 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 13276 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 13277 continue; 13278 } 13279 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt->getZExtValue(); 13280 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 13281 MagicValue, 13282 I->getMatchingCType(), 13283 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 13284 I->getMustBeNull()); 13285 } 13286 } 13287 13288 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 13289 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 13290 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 13291 } 13292 13293 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 13294 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 13295 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 13296 13297 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 13298 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 13299 13300 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 13301 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 13302 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 13303 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 13304 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 13305 13306 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13307 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 13308 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 13309 // to perform. 13310 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 13311 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 13312 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 13313 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 13314 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 13315 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 13316 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 13317 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 13318 13319 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 13320 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 13321 // declaration in the same group. 13322 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 13323 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 13324 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 13325 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 13326 << DD->getSourceRange(); 13327 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 13328 } 13329 13330 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 13331 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 13332 // declarator in the same group. 13333 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 13334 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 13335 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 13336 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 13337 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 13338 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 13339 << DD->getSourceRange(); 13340 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 13341 } 13342 } 13343 } 13344 13345 Decls.push_back(D); 13346 } 13347 } 13348 13349 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 13350 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 13351 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 13352 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 13353 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13354 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 13355 } 13356 } 13357 13358 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 13359 } 13360 13361 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 13362 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 13363 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 13364 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 13365 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 13366 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 13367 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 13368 if (Group.size() > 1) { 13369 QualType Deduced; 13370 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 13371 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13372 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 13373 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 13374 break; 13375 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 13376 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 13377 continue; 13378 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 13379 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 13380 DeducedDecl = D; 13381 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 13382 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 13383 auto Dia = Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 13384 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 13385 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) << Deduced 13386 << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() << DT->getDeducedType() 13387 << D->getDeclName(); 13388 if (DeducedDecl->hasInit()) 13389 Dia << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 13390 if (D->getInit()) 13391 Dia << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 13392 D->setInvalidDecl(); 13393 break; 13394 } 13395 } 13396 } 13397 13398 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 13399 13400 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 13401 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 13402 } 13403 13404 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 13405 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 13406 } 13407 13408 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 13409 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 13410 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 13411 return; 13412 13413 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 13414 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 13415 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 13416 Group[0]->getLocation())) 13417 return; 13418 13419 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 13420 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 13421 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 13422 // additional declaration references: 13423 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 13424 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 13425 // 'struct S *pS;' 13426 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 13427 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 13428 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 13429 Group = Group.slice(1); 13430 } 13431 } 13432 13433 // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file. 13434 // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in 13435 // different files (e. g. macros or #include). 13436 Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor()); 13437 } 13438 13439 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function 13440 /// parameters and non-type template parameters. 13441 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 13442 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 13443 // parameter. 13444 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13445 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13446 13447 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 13448 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 13449 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 13450 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 13451 } 13452 13453 // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a 13454 // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...]. 13455 switch (D.getName().getKind()) { 13456 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 13457 break; 13458 13459 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 13460 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: 13461 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 13462 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: 13463 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: 13464 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 13465 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: 13466 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 13467 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 13468 break; 13469 13470 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: 13471 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: 13472 // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case. 13473 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id); 13474 break; 13475 } 13476 } 13477 13478 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 13479 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 13480 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 13481 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 13482 13483 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 13484 13485 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 13486 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 13487 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 13488 SC = SC_Register; 13489 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 13490 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. 13491 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 13492 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13493 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 13494 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 13495 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 13496 } 13497 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13498 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 13499 SC = SC_Auto; 13500 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 13501 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13502 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 13503 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 13504 } 13505 13506 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13507 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 13508 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13509 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 13510 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13511 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 13512 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) 13513 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 13514 << 0 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()); 13515 13516 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 13517 13518 CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D); 13519 13520 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13521 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 13522 13523 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 13524 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13525 if (II) { 13526 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 13527 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 13528 LookupName(R, S); 13529 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 13530 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 13531 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13532 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13533 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13534 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13535 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13536 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13537 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 13538 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13539 13540 // Recover by removing the name 13541 II = nullptr; 13542 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 13543 D.setInvalidType(true); 13544 } 13545 } 13546 } 13547 13548 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 13549 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 13550 // looking like class members in C++. 13551 ParmVarDecl *New = 13552 CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(), 13553 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC); 13554 13555 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13556 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13557 13558 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 13559 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 13560 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 13561 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 13562 13563 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 13564 S->AddDecl(New); 13565 if (II) 13566 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 13567 13568 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 13569 13570 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13571 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 13572 << 1 << New << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 13573 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 13574 13575 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 13576 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 13577 } 13578 13579 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 13580 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(New); 13581 13582 return New; 13583 } 13584 13585 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 13586 /// typedef. 13587 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 13588 SourceLocation Loc, 13589 QualType T) { 13590 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 13591 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 13592 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 13593 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 13594 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 13595 SC_None, nullptr); 13596 Param->setImplicit(); 13597 return Param; 13598 } 13599 13600 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 13601 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 13602 // will already have done so in the template itself. 13603 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 13604 return; 13605 13606 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 13607 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 13608 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 13609 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 13610 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 13611 } 13612 } 13613 } 13614 13615 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 13616 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 13617 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 13618 return; 13619 13620 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 13621 // threshold. 13622 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 13623 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 13624 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 13625 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) << D << Size; 13626 } 13627 13628 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 13629 // threshold. 13630 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 13631 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 13632 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 13633 continue; 13634 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 13635 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 13636 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 13637 << Parameter << Size; 13638 } 13639 } 13640 13641 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 13642 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 13643 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 13644 StorageClass SC) { 13645 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 13646 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 13647 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 13648 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 13649 13650 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 13651 13652 // Special cases for arrays: 13653 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 13654 // - otherwise, it's an error 13655 if (T->isArrayType()) { 13656 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 13657 if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) 13658 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 13659 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 13660 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 13661 else 13662 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) 13663 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 13664 } 13665 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 13666 } else { 13667 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 13668 } 13669 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 13670 } 13671 13672 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 13673 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 13674 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 13675 13676 // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that 13677 // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the 13678 // lambda scope. 13679 if (New->isParameterPack()) 13680 if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda()) 13681 LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New); 13682 13683 if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 13684 New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 13685 checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(), 13686 NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); 13687 13688 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 13689 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 13690 // the class has been completely parsed. 13691 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 13692 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13693 AbstractParamType)) 13694 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13695 13696 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 13697 // passed by reference. 13698 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 13699 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 13700 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc()); 13701 Diag(NameLoc, 13702 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 13703 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 13704 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 13705 New->setType(T); 13706 } 13707 13708 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 13709 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 13710 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 13711 // an address space. 13712 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && 13713 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 13714 // to be qualified with an address space. 13715 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && 13716 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { 13717 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 13718 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13719 } 13720 13721 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function argument types. 13722 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() && 13723 CheckPPCMMAType(New->getOriginalType(), New->getLocation())) { 13724 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13725 } 13726 13727 return New; 13728 } 13729 13730 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 13731 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 13732 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 13733 13734 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 13735 // for a K&R function. 13736 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 13737 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 13738 --i; 13739 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 13740 SmallString<256> Code; 13741 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 13742 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 13743 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 13744 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 13745 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 13746 13747 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 13748 // type. 13749 AttributeFactory attrs; 13750 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 13751 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 13752 unsigned DiagID; // unused 13753 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 13754 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 13755 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 13756 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 13757 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 13758 Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList); 13759 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 13760 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 13761 } 13762 } 13763 } 13764 } 13765 13766 Decl * 13767 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 13768 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 13769 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13770 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 13771 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 13772 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 13773 13774 // Check if we are in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. If we are, and 13775 // we define a non-templated function definition, we will create a declaration 13776 // instead (=BaseFD), and emit the definition with a mangled name afterwards. 13777 // The base function declaration will have the equivalent of an `omp declare 13778 // variant` annotation which specifies the mangled definition as a 13779 // specialization function under the OpenMP context defined as part of the 13780 // `omp begin declare variant`. 13781 SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> Bases; 13782 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope()) 13783 ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope( 13784 ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists, Bases); 13785 13786 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition); 13787 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 13788 Decl *Dcl = ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 13789 13790 if (!Bases.empty()) 13791 ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(Dcl, Bases); 13792 13793 return Dcl; 13794 } 13795 13796 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 13797 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 13798 } 13799 13800 static bool 13801 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 13802 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) { 13803 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 13804 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 13805 return false; 13806 13807 // Or declarations that aren't global. 13808 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 13809 return false; 13810 13811 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 13812 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 13813 return false; 13814 13815 // Don't warn about 'main'. 13816 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13817 if (IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier()) 13818 if (II->isStr("main")) 13819 return false; 13820 13821 // Don't warn about inline functions. 13822 if (FD->isInlined()) 13823 return false; 13824 13825 // Don't warn about function templates. 13826 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 13827 return false; 13828 13829 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 13830 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 13831 return false; 13832 13833 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 13834 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 13835 return false; 13836 13837 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 13838 if (FD->isDeleted()) 13839 return false; 13840 13841 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 13842 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 13843 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 13844 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 13845 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13846 continue; 13847 13848 PossiblePrototype = Prev; 13849 return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType(); 13850 } 13851 13852 return true; 13853 } 13854 13855 void 13856 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 13857 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 13858 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13859 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 13860 if (!Definition && 13861 !FD->isDefined(Definition, /*CheckForPendingFriendDefinition*/ true)) 13862 return; 13863 13864 if (Definition->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 13865 if (FunctionDecl *OrigDef = Definition->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 13866 if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 13867 // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of 13868 // the same class, is OK. 13869 if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, OrigDef) && 13870 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(Definition->getLexicalDeclContext()), 13871 cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))) 13872 return; 13873 } 13874 } 13875 } 13876 13877 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 13878 return; 13879 13880 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 13881 // definition. 13882 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 13883 return; 13884 13885 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 13886 // a template, skip the new definition. 13887 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 13888 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 13889 Definition->isInlined() || 13890 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 13891 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 13892 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13893 SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition); 13894 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 13895 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 13896 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 13897 return; 13898 } 13899 13900 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 13901 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 13902 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 13903 << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13904 else 13905 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD; 13906 13907 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13908 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13909 } 13910 13911 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 13912 Sema &S) { 13913 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 13914 13915 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 13916 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 13917 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 13918 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 13919 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 13920 13921 if (LCD == LCD_None) 13922 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 13923 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 13924 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 13925 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 13926 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 13927 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 13928 13929 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 13930 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 13931 13932 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 13933 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 13934 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 13935 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 13936 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 13937 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 13938 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 13939 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 13940 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 13941 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 13942 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 13943 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 13944 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 13945 I->getType(), /*Invalid*/false); 13946 13947 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 13948 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(), 13949 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 13950 } else { 13951 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(), 13952 I->getType()); 13953 } 13954 ++I; 13955 } 13956 } 13957 13958 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 13959 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13960 if (!D) { 13961 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope 13962 // anyway so we can try to parse the function body. 13963 PushFunctionScope(); 13964 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 13965 return D; 13966 } 13967 13968 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 13969 13970 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 13971 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 13972 else 13973 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 13974 13975 // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building 13976 // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(). 13977 if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) 13978 PushExpressionEvaluationContext( 13979 FD->isConsteval() ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated 13980 : ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 13981 13982 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 13983 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 13984 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 13985 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 13986 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13987 } 13988 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 13989 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 13990 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 13991 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13992 } 13993 13994 if (auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) { 13995 if (Ctor->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 13996 Ctor->isDefaultConstructor() && 13997 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 13998 // If this is an MS ABI dllexport default constructor, instantiate any 13999 // default arguments. 14000 InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(Ctor); 14001 } 14002 } 14003 14004 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' (or similar) is already 14005 // set, then these checks were already performed when it was set. 14006 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed() && 14007 !FD->isThisDeclarationInstantiatedFromAFriendDefinition()) { 14008 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 14009 14010 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 14011 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 14012 return D; 14013 } 14014 14015 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 14016 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 14017 // this function. 14018 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 14019 14020 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 14021 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 14022 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 14023 // LambdaScopeInfo. 14024 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 14025 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 14026 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 14027 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 14028 // have the LSI properly restored. 14029 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 14030 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 14031 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 14032 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 14033 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 14034 } else { 14035 // Enter a new function scope 14036 PushFunctionScope(); 14037 } 14038 14039 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 14040 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 14041 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 14042 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 14043 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 14044 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14045 } 14046 } 14047 14048 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 14049 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 14050 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 14051 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 14052 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 14053 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 14054 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 14055 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14056 14057 if (FnBodyScope) 14058 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 14059 14060 // Check the validity of our function parameters 14061 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 14062 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 14063 14064 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 14065 // scope. 14066 if (FnBodyScope) { 14067 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 14068 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 14069 if (!NonParmDecl) 14070 continue; 14071 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 14072 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 14073 14074 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 14075 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 14076 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 14077 14078 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 14079 // accessible in this scope. 14080 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 14081 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 14082 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 14083 } 14084 } 14085 } 14086 14087 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 14088 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 14089 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 14090 14091 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 14092 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 14093 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 14094 14095 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 14096 } 14097 } 14098 14099 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 14100 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 14101 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 14102 14103 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 14104 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 14105 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 14106 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 14107 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 14108 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14109 return D; 14110 } 14111 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 14112 // a function template). 14113 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 14114 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 14115 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 14116 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 14117 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 14118 14119 return D; 14120 } 14121 14122 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body, 14123 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 14124 /// optimization. 14125 /// 14126 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 14127 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 14128 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 14129 /// use the named return value optimization. 14130 /// 14131 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 14132 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 14133 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 14134 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 14135 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 14136 14137 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 14138 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 14139 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 14140 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 14141 } 14142 } 14143 } 14144 14145 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 14146 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 14147 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 14148 return false; 14149 14150 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 14151 // return type (yet). 14152 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 14153 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 14154 // we can still delay parsing it. 14155 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 14156 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 14157 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 14158 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 14159 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 14160 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 14161 } 14162 } 14163 return false; 14164 } 14165 14166 return true; 14167 } 14168 14169 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 14170 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 14171 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 14172 // rest of the file. 14173 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 14174 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 14175 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { 14176 if (FD->isConstexpr()) 14177 return false; 14178 // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template 14179 // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered 14180 // "undeduced". 14181 if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType()) 14182 return false; 14183 } 14184 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 14185 } 14186 14187 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 14188 if (!Decl) 14189 return nullptr; 14190 if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction()) 14191 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 14192 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 14193 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 14194 return Decl; 14195 } 14196 14197 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 14198 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 14199 } 14200 14201 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function 14202 /// body. 14203 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII { 14204 public: 14205 ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {} 14206 ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() { 14207 if (!IsLambda) 14208 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 14209 } 14210 14211 private: 14212 Sema &S; 14213 bool IsLambda = false; 14214 }; 14215 14216 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) { 14217 llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo; 14218 14219 auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) { 14220 if (EscapeInfo.count(BD)) 14221 return EscapeInfo[BD]; 14222 14223 bool R = false; 14224 const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD; 14225 14226 do { 14227 R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape(); 14228 if (R) 14229 break; 14230 CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl(); 14231 } while (CurBD); 14232 14233 return EscapeInfo[BD] = R; 14234 }; 14235 14236 // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping 14237 // block, emit a diagnostic. 14238 for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P : 14239 S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs) 14240 if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second)) 14241 S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self) 14242 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->"); 14243 } 14244 14245 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 14246 bool IsInstantiation) { 14247 FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction(); 14248 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 14249 14250 if (FSI->UsesFPIntrin && !FD->hasAttr<StrictFPAttr>()) 14251 FD->addAttr(StrictFPAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 14252 14253 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 14254 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 14255 14256 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && FSI->isCoroutine()) 14257 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 14258 14259 // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one 14260 // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is 14261 // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(). 14262 ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD)); 14263 14264 if (FD) { 14265 FD->setBody(Body); 14266 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 14267 14268 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 14269 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 14270 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 14271 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 14272 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 14273 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 14274 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 14275 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 14276 << FD->getReturnType(); 14277 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14278 } else { 14279 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 14280 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 14281 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 14282 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 14283 } 14284 } 14285 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 14286 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 14287 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 14288 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 14289 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 14290 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 14291 14292 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 14293 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 14294 // [the deduced type is] the type void 14295 QualType RetType = 14296 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 14297 14298 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 14299 const auto *Proto = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 14300 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 14301 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 14302 } 14303 } 14304 14305 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 14306 // don't complain about missing return statements. 14307 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 14308 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 14309 14310 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 14311 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 14312 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 14313 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 14314 14315 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14316 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 14317 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody()) 14318 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 14319 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 14320 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 14321 14322 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 14323 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 14324 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 14325 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 14326 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 14327 14328 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 14329 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 14330 // to deduce an implicit return type. 14331 if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 14332 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext())) 14333 computeNRVO(Body, FSI); 14334 } 14335 14336 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 14337 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 14338 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 14339 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 14340 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 14341 const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr; 14342 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) { 14343 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 14344 14345 if (PossiblePrototype) { 14346 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 14347 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 14348 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 14349 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 14350 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 14351 Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(), 14352 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 14353 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0) 14354 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0 14355 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void") 14356 : FixItHint{}); 14357 } 14358 } else { 14359 // Returns true if the token beginning at this Loc is `const`. 14360 auto isLocAtConst = [&](SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM, 14361 const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 14362 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Loc); 14363 if (LocInfo.first.isInvalid()) 14364 return false; 14365 14366 bool Invalid = false; 14367 StringRef Buffer = SM.getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid); 14368 if (Invalid) 14369 return false; 14370 14371 if (LocInfo.second > Buffer.size()) 14372 return false; 14373 14374 const char *LexStart = Buffer.data() + LocInfo.second; 14375 StringRef StartTok(LexStart, Buffer.size() - LocInfo.second); 14376 14377 return StartTok.consume_front("const") && 14378 (StartTok.empty() || isWhitespace(StartTok[0]) || 14379 StartTok.startswith("/*") || StartTok.startswith("//")); 14380 }; 14381 14382 auto findBeginLoc = [&]() { 14383 // If the return type has `const` qualifier, we want to insert 14384 // `static` before `const` (and not before the typename). 14385 if ((FD->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() && 14386 FD->getReturnType()->getPointeeType().isConstQualified()) || 14387 FD->getReturnType().isConstQualified()) { 14388 // But only do this if we can determine where the `const` is. 14389 14390 if (isLocAtConst(FD->getBeginLoc(), getSourceManager(), 14391 getLangOpts())) 14392 14393 return FD->getBeginLoc(); 14394 } 14395 return FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 14396 }; 14397 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 14398 << /* function */ 1 14399 << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None 14400 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(findBeginLoc(), "static ") 14401 : FixItHint{}); 14402 } 14403 14404 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 14405 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 14406 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 14407 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 14408 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype()) { 14409 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 14410 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 14411 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 14412 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 14413 } 14414 } 14415 14416 // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body. 14417 if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body) 14418 if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) 14419 if (!CmpndBody->body_empty()) 14420 Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(), 14421 diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored); 14422 14423 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 14424 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 14425 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 14426 MD->isVirtual() && 14427 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 14428 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 14429 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 14430 if (FD->isInlined() && 14431 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 14432 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 14433 14434 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 14435 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 14436 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 14437 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 14438 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 14439 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 14440 } else { 14441 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 14442 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 14443 } 14444 } 14445 } 14446 14447 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 14448 "Function parsing confused"); 14449 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 14450 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 14451 MD->setBody(Body); 14452 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14453 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 14454 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 14455 14456 if (Body) 14457 computeNRVO(Body, FSI); 14458 } 14459 if (FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 14460 Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 14461 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 14462 FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 14463 } 14464 if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 14465 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 14466 bool isDesignated = 14467 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 14468 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 14469 (void)isDesignated; 14470 14471 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 14472 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 14473 if (!IFace) 14474 return false; 14475 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 14476 if (!SuperD) 14477 return false; 14478 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 14479 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 14480 }; 14481 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 14482 // of NSObject. 14483 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 14484 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 14485 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 14486 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 14487 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 14488 } 14489 FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 14490 } 14491 if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 14492 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 14493 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 14494 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 14495 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 14496 FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 14497 } 14498 14499 diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this); 14500 } else { 14501 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope 14502 // we pushed on. 14503 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 14504 return nullptr; 14505 } 14506 14507 if (Body && FSI->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 14508 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 14509 14510 assert(!FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 14511 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 14512 "handled in the block above."); 14513 14514 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 14515 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 14516 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 14517 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 14518 // Verify this. 14519 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 14520 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 14521 14522 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 14523 if (FSI->NeedsScopeChecking() && 14524 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 14525 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 14526 14527 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 14528 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 14529 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 14530 14531 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 14532 Destructor->getParent()); 14533 } 14534 14535 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 14536 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 14537 // deletion in some later function. 14538 if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() || 14539 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 14540 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 14541 } 14542 if (!hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 14543 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 14544 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 14545 // enabled. 14546 ActivePolicy = &WP; 14547 } 14548 14549 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 14550 !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose)) 14551 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14552 14553 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 14554 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 14555 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 14556 // require prologue. 14557 bool RegisterVariables = false; 14558 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 14559 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 14560 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 14561 RegisterVariables = 14562 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 14563 if (!RegisterVariables) 14564 break; 14565 } 14566 } 14567 } 14568 if (RegisterVariables) 14569 continue; 14570 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 14571 Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 14572 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 14573 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14574 break; 14575 } 14576 } 14577 } 14578 14579 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 14580 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 14581 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 14582 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 14583 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 14584 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 14585 } 14586 14587 if (!IsInstantiation) 14588 PopDeclContext(); 14589 14590 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 14591 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 14592 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 14593 // deletion in some later function. 14594 if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred()) { 14595 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 14596 } 14597 14598 if (FD && (LangOpts.OpenMP || LangOpts.CUDA || LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice)) { 14599 auto ES = getEmissionStatus(FD); 14600 if (ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted || 14601 ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown) 14602 DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.push_back(FD); 14603 } 14604 14605 return dcl; 14606 } 14607 14608 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 14609 /// relevant Decl. 14610 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 14611 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 14612 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 14613 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 14614 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 14615 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); 14616 14617 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 14618 if (Method->isStatic()) 14619 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 14620 } 14621 14622 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 14623 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 14624 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 14625 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 14626 // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding 14627 // DeclContext. 14628 // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope. 14629 // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope 14630 // instead. 14631 Scope *BlockScope = S; 14632 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) 14633 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); 14634 14635 Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope; 14636 while (!ContextScope->getEntity()) 14637 ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent(); 14638 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity()); 14639 14640 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 14641 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 14642 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 14643 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 14644 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 14645 if (ExternCPrev) { 14646 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so 14647 // that later (non-call) uses can see it. 14648 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); 14649 14650 // C89 footnote 38: 14651 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", 14652 // the behavior is undefined. 14653 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || 14654 !Context.typesAreCompatible( 14655 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), 14656 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { 14657 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) 14658 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; 14659 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14660 return ExternCPrev; 14661 } 14662 } 14663 14664 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 14665 unsigned diag_id; 14666 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 14667 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 14668 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 14669 else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 14670 diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl; 14671 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 14672 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 14673 else 14674 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 14675 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 14676 14677 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building 14678 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing 14679 // more to do. 14680 if (ExternCPrev) 14681 return ExternCPrev; 14682 14683 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 14684 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 14685 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 14686 TypoCorrection Corrected; 14687 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{}; 14688 if (S && (Corrected = 14689 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, 14690 S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError))) 14691 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 14692 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 14693 } 14694 14695 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 14696 const char *Dummy; 14697 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 14698 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 14699 unsigned DiagID; 14700 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 14701 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 14702 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 14703 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 14704 SourceLocation NoLoc; 14705 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::Block); 14706 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 14707 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 14708 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 14709 /*Params=*/nullptr, 14710 /*NumParams=*/0, 14711 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 14712 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 14713 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 14714 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 14715 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None, 14716 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 14717 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 14718 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 14719 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 14720 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 14721 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 14722 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc, 14723 Loc, D), 14724 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation()); 14725 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 14726 14727 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 14728 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); 14729 FD->setImplicit(); 14730 14731 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 14732 14733 return FD; 14734 } 14735 14736 /// If this function is a C++ replaceable global allocation function 14737 /// (C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation], C++2a [new.delete]), 14738 /// adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on the standard. 14739 /// 14740 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 14741 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 14742 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction( 14743 FunctionDecl *FD) { 14744 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 14745 return; 14746 14747 if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_New && 14748 FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_New) 14749 return; 14750 14751 Optional<unsigned> AlignmentParam; 14752 bool IsNothrow = false; 14753 if (!FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&AlignmentParam, &IsNothrow)) 14754 return; 14755 14756 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4: 14757 // An allocation function that has a non-throwing exception specification 14758 // indicates failure by returning a null pointer value. Any other allocation 14759 // function never returns a null pointer value and indicates failure only by 14760 // throwing an exception [...] 14761 if (!IsNothrow && !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>()) 14762 FD->addAttr(ReturnsNonNullAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14763 14764 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2: 14765 // An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of 14766 // storage. [...] If the request succeeds, the value returned by a 14767 // replaceable allocation function is a [...] pointer value p0 different 14768 // from any previously returned value p1 [...] 14769 // 14770 // However, this particular information is being added in codegen, 14771 // because there is an opt-out switch for it (-fno-assume-sane-operator-new) 14772 14773 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2: 14774 // An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of 14775 // storage. If it is successful, it returns the address of the start of a 14776 // block of storage whose length in bytes is at least as large as the 14777 // requested size. 14778 if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocSizeAttr>()) { 14779 FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit( 14780 Context, /*ElemSizeParam=*/ParamIdx(1, FD), 14781 /*NumElemsParam=*/ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation())); 14782 } 14783 14784 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3: 14785 // For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful 14786 // call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows: 14787 // (3.1) If the allocation function takes an argument of type 14788 // std::align_val_t, the storage will have the alignment 14789 // specified by the value of this argument. 14790 if (AlignmentParam.hasValue() && !FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) { 14791 FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit( 14792 Context, ParamIdx(AlignmentParam.getValue(), FD), FD->getLocation())); 14793 } 14794 14795 // FIXME: 14796 // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3: 14797 // For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful 14798 // call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows: 14799 // (3.2) Otherwise, if the allocation function is named operator new[], 14800 // the storage is aligned for any object that does not have 14801 // new-extended alignment ([basic.align]) and is no larger than the 14802 // requested size. 14803 // (3.3) Otherwise, the storage is aligned for any object that does not 14804 // have new-extended alignment and is of the requested size. 14805 } 14806 14807 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 14808 /// the declaration of this function. 14809 /// 14810 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 14811 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 14812 /// like NSLog or printf. 14813 /// 14814 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 14815 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 14816 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 14817 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 14818 return; 14819 14820 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 14821 // actual attributes. 14822 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 14823 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 14824 unsigned FormatIdx; 14825 bool HasVAListArg; 14826 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 14827 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 14828 const char *fmt = "printf"; 14829 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 14830 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 14831 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 14832 fmt = "NSString"; 14833 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14834 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 14835 FormatIdx+1, 14836 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 14837 FD->getLocation())); 14838 } 14839 } 14840 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 14841 HasVAListArg)) { 14842 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 14843 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14844 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 14845 FormatIdx+1, 14846 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 14847 FD->getLocation())); 14848 } 14849 14850 // Handle automatically recognized callbacks. 14851 SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding; 14852 if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() && 14853 Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding)) 14854 FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit( 14855 Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation())); 14856 14857 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing 14858 // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM 14859 // intrinsics for such functions. 14860 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() && 14861 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) 14862 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14863 14864 // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set 14865 // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the 14866 // C standard. 14867 const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 14868 if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) && 14869 !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) { 14870 switch (BuiltinID) { 14871 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma: 14872 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf: 14873 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal: 14874 case Builtin::BIfma: 14875 case Builtin::BIfmaf: 14876 case Builtin::BIfmal: 14877 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14878 break; 14879 default: 14880 break; 14881 } 14882 } 14883 14884 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 14885 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 14886 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14887 FD->getLocation())); 14888 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 14889 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14890 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 14891 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14892 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 14893 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14894 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 14895 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 14896 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 14897 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 14898 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 14899 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 14900 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 14901 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14902 else 14903 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14904 } 14905 } 14906 14907 AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(FD); 14908 14909 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 14910 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 14911 // across. 14912 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 14913 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 14914 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 14915 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 14916 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14917 } 14918 14919 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 14920 if (!Name) 14921 return; 14922 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14923 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 14924 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 14925 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 14926 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 14927 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 14928 // about. 14929 } else 14930 return; 14931 14932 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 14933 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 14934 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 14935 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 14936 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14937 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 14938 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 14939 FD->getLocation())); 14940 } 14941 14942 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 14943 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 14944 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 14945 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 14946 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 14947 FD->getLocation())); 14948 } 14949 } 14950 14951 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 14952 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 14953 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 14954 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 14955 14956 if (!TInfo) { 14957 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 14958 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 14959 } 14960 14961 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 14962 TypedefDecl *NewTD = 14963 TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(), 14964 D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo); 14965 14966 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 14967 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 14968 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 14969 return NewTD; 14970 } 14971 14972 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 14973 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 14974 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 14975 << 2 << NewTD 14976 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 14977 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 14978 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 14979 else 14980 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 14981 } 14982 14983 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 14984 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 14985 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 14986 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 14987 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 14988 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 14989 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 14990 case TST_enum: 14991 case TST_struct: 14992 case TST_interface: 14993 case TST_union: 14994 case TST_class: { 14995 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 14996 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 14997 break; 14998 } 14999 15000 default: 15001 break; 15002 } 15003 15004 return NewTD; 15005 } 15006 15007 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 15008 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 15009 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 15010 QualType T = TI->getType(); 15011 15012 if (T->isDependentType()) 15013 return false; 15014 15015 // This doesn't use 'isIntegralType' despite the error message mentioning 15016 // integral type because isIntegralType would also allow enum types in C. 15017 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 15018 if (BT->isInteger()) 15019 return false; 15020 15021 if (T->isExtIntType()) 15022 return false; 15023 15024 return Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 15025 } 15026 15027 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 15028 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 15029 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 15030 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, 15031 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 15032 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 15033 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 15034 << Prev->isScoped(); 15035 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15036 return true; 15037 } 15038 15039 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 15040 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 15041 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 15042 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 15043 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 15044 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 15045 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 15046 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 15047 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 15048 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 15049 return true; 15050 } 15051 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 15052 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 15053 << Prev->isFixed(); 15054 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15055 return true; 15056 } 15057 15058 return false; 15059 } 15060 15061 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 15062 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 15063 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 15064 /// 15065 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 15066 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 15067 switch (Tag) { 15068 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 15069 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 15070 case TTK_Class: return 2; 15071 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 15072 } 15073 } 15074 15075 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 15076 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 15077 /// 15078 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 15079 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 15080 { 15081 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 15082 } 15083 15084 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 15085 TagTypeKind TTK) { 15086 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15087 return NTK_Typedef; 15088 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15089 return NTK_TypeAlias; 15090 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15091 return NTK_Template; 15092 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15093 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 15094 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15095 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 15096 switch (TTK) { 15097 case TTK_Struct: 15098 case TTK_Interface: 15099 case TTK_Class: 15100 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 15101 case TTK_Union: 15102 return NTK_NonUnion; 15103 case TTK_Enum: 15104 return NTK_NonEnum; 15105 } 15106 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 15107 } 15108 15109 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 15110 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 15111 /// 15112 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 15113 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 15114 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 15115 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 15116 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 15117 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 15118 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 15119 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 15120 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 15121 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 15122 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 15123 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 15124 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 15125 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 15126 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 15127 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 15128 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 15129 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 15130 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 15131 if (OldTag != NewTag && 15132 !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))) 15133 return false; 15134 15135 // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags. 15136 // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point. 15137 if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 15138 return true; 15139 15140 // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored 15141 // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg) 15142 // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if 15143 // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched 15144 // declarations. 15145 auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) { 15146 return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch, 15147 Loc); 15148 }; 15149 if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc)) 15150 return true; 15151 15152 auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) { 15153 return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation()); 15154 }; 15155 while (IsIgnored(Previous)) { 15156 Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl(); 15157 if (!Previous) 15158 return true; 15159 OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 15160 } 15161 15162 bool isTemplate = false; 15163 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 15164 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 15165 15166 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 15167 if (OldTag != NewTag) { 15168 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 15169 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 15170 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 15171 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 15172 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 15173 // FIXME: Note previous location? 15174 } 15175 return true; 15176 } 15177 15178 if (isDefinition) { 15179 // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 15180 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 15181 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 15182 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 15183 return true; 15184 } 15185 15186 bool previousMismatch = false; 15187 for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) { 15188 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 15189 // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled. 15190 if (IsIgnored(I)) 15191 continue; 15192 15193 if (!previousMismatch) { 15194 previousMismatch = true; 15195 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 15196 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 15197 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 15198 } 15199 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 15200 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 15201 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 15202 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 15203 } 15204 } 15205 return true; 15206 } 15207 15208 // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if 15209 // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior 15210 // (non-ignored) declaration. 15211 const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition(); 15212 if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef)) 15213 PrevDef = nullptr; 15214 const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous; 15215 if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 15216 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 15217 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 15218 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 15219 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 15220 15221 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 15222 if (PrevDef) { 15223 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 15224 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 15225 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 15226 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 15227 } 15228 } 15229 15230 return true; 15231 } 15232 15233 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 15234 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 15235 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 15236 /// namespace N { 15237 /// struct X; 15238 /// namespace M { 15239 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 15240 /// } 15241 /// } 15242 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 15243 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15244 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 15245 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 15246 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 15247 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 15248 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 15249 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 15250 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 15251 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 15252 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 15253 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 15254 return FixItHint(); 15255 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 15256 Namespaces.push_back(II); 15257 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 15258 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 15259 if (Lookup == Namespace) 15260 break; 15261 } 15262 15263 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 15264 // build an NNS. 15265 SmallString<64> Insertion; 15266 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 15267 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 15268 OS << "::"; 15269 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 15270 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 15271 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 15272 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 15273 } 15274 15275 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 15276 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 15277 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 15278 /// using-declaration). 15279 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 15280 DeclContext *NewDC) { 15281 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 15282 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 15283 15284 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 15285 return true; 15286 15287 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 15288 // encloses the other). 15289 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 15290 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 15291 return true; 15292 15293 return false; 15294 } 15295 15296 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 15297 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 15298 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 15299 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 15300 /// 15301 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 15302 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 15303 /// 15304 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 15305 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 15306 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 15307 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 15308 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 15309 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS, 15310 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 15311 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 15312 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 15313 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 15314 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, 15315 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 15316 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 15317 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 15318 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 15319 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 15320 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 15321 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 15322 15323 OwnedDecl = false; 15324 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 15325 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 15326 15327 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 15328 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 15329 bool Invalid = false; 15330 15331 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 15332 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 15333 // for non-C++ cases. 15334 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 15335 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 15336 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 15337 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 15338 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 15339 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 15340 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 15341 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 15342 return nullptr; 15343 } 15344 15345 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 15346 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 15347 // be a member of another template). 15348 15349 if (Invalid) 15350 return nullptr; 15351 15352 OwnedDecl = false; 15353 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate( 15354 S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams, 15355 AS, ModulePrivateLoc, 15356 /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 15357 TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody); 15358 return Result.get(); 15359 } else { 15360 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 15361 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 15362 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 15363 isMemberSpecialization = true; 15364 } 15365 } 15366 15367 if (!TemplateParameterLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization && 15368 CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParameterLists.back())) 15369 return nullptr; 15370 } 15371 15372 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 15373 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 15374 // redeclaration. 15375 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 15376 bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum; 15377 15378 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 15379 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) { 15380 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 15381 // type, default to int. 15382 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 15383 } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 15384 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 15385 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 15386 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 15387 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 15388 EnumUnderlying = TI; 15389 15390 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 15391 // Recover by falling back to int. 15392 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 15393 15394 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 15395 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 15396 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 15397 15398 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) { 15399 // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type 15400 // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set 15401 // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This 15402 // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming. 15403 if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 15404 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 15405 } 15406 } 15407 15408 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 15409 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 15410 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 15411 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 15412 15413 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); 15414 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 15415 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 15416 15417 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 15418 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 15419 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 15420 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 15421 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 15422 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 15423 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 15424 // keyword. 15425 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 15426 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 15427 15428 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 15429 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 15430 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 15431 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 15432 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 15433 return nullptr; 15434 if (EnumUnderlying) { 15435 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 15436 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 15437 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 15438 else 15439 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 15440 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 15441 } 15442 } else { // struct/union 15443 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 15444 nullptr); 15445 } 15446 15447 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 15448 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 15449 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 15450 // 15451 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 15452 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 15453 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 15454 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 15455 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 15456 // parsing of the struct). 15457 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 15458 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 15459 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 15460 } 15461 } 15462 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 15463 return New; 15464 }; 15465 15466 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 15467 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 15468 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 15469 15470 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 15471 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 15472 Name = nullptr; 15473 goto CreateNewDecl; 15474 } 15475 15476 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 15477 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 15478 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 15479 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 15480 if (!DC) { 15481 IsDependent = true; 15482 return nullptr; 15483 } 15484 } else { 15485 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 15486 if (!DC) { 15487 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 15488 << SS.getRange(); 15489 return nullptr; 15490 } 15491 } 15492 15493 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 15494 return nullptr; 15495 15496 SearchDC = DC; 15497 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 15498 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 15499 15500 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 15501 return nullptr; 15502 15503 if (Previous.empty()) { 15504 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 15505 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 15506 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 15507 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 15508 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 15509 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 15510 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 15511 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 15512 IsDependent = true; 15513 return nullptr; 15514 } 15515 15516 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 15517 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 15518 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 15519 Name = nullptr; 15520 Invalid = true; 15521 goto CreateNewDecl; 15522 } 15523 } else if (Name) { 15524 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 15525 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 15526 // name different from T: 15527 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 15528 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 15529 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 15530 return nullptr; 15531 15532 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 15533 // declaration or definition. 15534 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 15535 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 15536 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 15537 LookupName(Previous, S); 15538 15539 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 15540 // by types using'ed into this scope. 15541 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 15542 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 15543 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 15544 while (F.hasNext()) { 15545 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 15546 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 15547 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 15548 F.erase(); 15549 } 15550 F.done(); 15551 } 15552 15553 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 15554 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 15555 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 15556 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 15557 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 15558 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 15559 // 15560 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 15561 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 15562 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 15563 // 15564 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 15565 // semantic context? 15566 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15567 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 15568 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 15569 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 15570 while (F.hasNext()) { 15571 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 15572 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 15573 if (DC->isFileContext() && 15574 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 15575 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 15576 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 15577 else 15578 F.erase(); 15579 } 15580 } 15581 F.done(); 15582 15583 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 15584 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 15585 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 15586 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 15587 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 15588 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 15589 } 15590 } 15591 15592 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 15593 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 15594 return nullptr; 15595 15596 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 15597 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 15598 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 15599 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 15600 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 15601 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 15602 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 15603 } 15604 } 15605 15606 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 15607 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 15608 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15609 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 15610 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15611 Previous.clear(); 15612 } 15613 15614 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 15615 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 15616 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 15617 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 15618 isStdBadAlloc = true; 15619 15620 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 15621 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 15622 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 15623 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 15624 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 15625 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 15626 isStdAlignValT = true; 15627 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 15628 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 15629 } 15630 } 15631 15632 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 15633 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 15634 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 15635 // there's a shadow friend decl. 15636 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 15637 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 15638 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 15639 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 15640 15641 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 15642 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 15643 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 15644 // 15645 // class-key identifier 15646 // 15647 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 15648 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 15649 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 15650 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 15651 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 15652 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 15653 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 15654 // declaration. 15655 // 15656 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 15657 // C structs and unions. 15658 // 15659 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 15660 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 15661 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 15662 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 15663 // 15664 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 15665 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 15666 // 15667 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 15668 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 15669 // lexical context, 15670 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 15671 15672 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 15673 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 15674 } else { 15675 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 15676 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 15677 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 15678 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 15679 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 15680 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 15681 } 15682 15683 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 15684 // diagnose some problems. 15685 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 15686 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 15687 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 15688 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 15689 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15690 // FIXME: This can perform qualified lookups into function contexts, 15691 // which are meaningless. 15692 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 15693 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 15694 } else { 15695 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 15696 LookupName(Previous, S); 15697 } 15698 } 15699 15700 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 15701 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 15702 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 15703 15704 if (!Previous.empty()) { 15705 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 15706 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 15707 15708 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 15709 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 15710 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 15711 // in C++. 15712 // 15713 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 15714 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 15715 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 15716 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 15717 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15718 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15719 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 15720 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 15721 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 15722 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 15723 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 15724 PrevDecl = Tag; 15725 Previous.clear(); 15726 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 15727 Previous.resolveKind(); 15728 } 15729 } 15730 } 15731 } 15732 15733 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 15734 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 15735 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 15736 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 15737 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 15738 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 15739 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 15740 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 15741 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 15742 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 15743 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 15744 diag::note_using_decl_target); 15745 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 15746 << 0; 15747 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 15748 Previous.clear(); 15749 goto CreateNewDecl; 15750 } 15751 } 15752 15753 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15754 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 15755 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 15756 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 15757 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 15758 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 15759 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 15760 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 15761 // struct or something similar. 15762 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 15763 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 15764 Name)) { 15765 bool SafeToContinue 15766 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 15767 Kind != TTK_Enum); 15768 if (SafeToContinue) 15769 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 15770 << Name 15771 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 15772 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 15773 else 15774 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 15775 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 15776 15777 if (SafeToContinue) 15778 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 15779 else { 15780 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 15781 Name = nullptr; 15782 Previous.clear(); 15783 Invalid = true; 15784 } 15785 } 15786 15787 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 15788 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 15789 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) 15790 return PrevTagDecl; 15791 15792 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 15793 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 15794 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 15795 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 15796 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 15797 15798 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 15799 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 15800 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 15801 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 15802 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 15803 IsFixed, PrevEnum)) 15804 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 15805 } 15806 15807 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 15808 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 15809 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 15810 // and then later defined. 15811 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 15812 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 15813 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 15814 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15815 } 15816 15817 if (!Invalid) { 15818 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 15819 // we have attributes. 15820 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15821 if (!Attrs.empty()) { 15822 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 15823 // declaration to hold them. 15824 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 15825 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 15826 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 15827 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 15828 SS.isEmpty()) { 15829 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 15830 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 15831 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 15832 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 15833 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 15834 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 15835 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 15836 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 15837 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 15838 return PrevTagDecl; 15839 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 15840 // that scope. 15841 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 15842 } else { 15843 return PrevTagDecl; 15844 } 15845 } 15846 15847 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 15848 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 15849 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 15850 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 15851 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 15852 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 15853 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 15854 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 15855 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 15856 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 15857 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 15858 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 15859 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 15860 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 15861 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 15862 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 15863 } 15864 15865 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 15866 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 15867 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 15868 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 15869 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 15870 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 15871 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 15872 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 15873 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 15874 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 15875 // use it in place of this one. 15876 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15877 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 15878 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 15879 // comparison. 15880 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 15881 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 15882 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 15883 return Def; 15884 } else { 15885 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 15886 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 15887 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 15888 // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll 15889 // skip starting the definitiion later. 15890 } 15891 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 15892 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 15893 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 15894 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 15895 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 15896 else 15897 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 15898 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 15899 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 15900 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 15901 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 15902 // references get the previous definition. 15903 Name = nullptr; 15904 Previous.clear(); 15905 Invalid = true; 15906 } 15907 } else { 15908 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 15909 // about a nested redefinition. 15910 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 15911 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 15912 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 15913 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 15914 diag::note_previous_definition); 15915 Name = nullptr; 15916 Previous.clear(); 15917 Invalid = true; 15918 } 15919 } 15920 15921 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 15922 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 15923 } 15924 15925 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 15926 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 15927 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 15928 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 15929 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 15930 AS = AS_none; 15931 } 15932 } 15933 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 15934 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 15935 15936 } else { 15937 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 15938 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 15939 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 15940 // have distinct types. 15941 Previous.clear(); 15942 } 15943 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 15944 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 15945 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 15946 15947 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 15948 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 15949 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 15950 } else { 15951 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 15952 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 15953 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 15954 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 15955 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 15956 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 15957 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 15958 << Kind; 15959 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 15960 Invalid = true; 15961 15962 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 15963 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 15964 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 15965 // do nothing 15966 15967 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 15968 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15969 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 15970 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 15971 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 15972 Invalid = true; 15973 15974 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 15975 // case here. 15976 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15977 unsigned Kind = 0; 15978 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 15979 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 15980 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 15981 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 15982 Invalid = true; 15983 15984 // Otherwise, diagnose. 15985 } else { 15986 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 15987 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 15988 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 15989 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 15990 Name = nullptr; 15991 Invalid = true; 15992 } 15993 15994 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 15995 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 15996 Previous.clear(); 15997 } 15998 } 15999 16000 CreateNewDecl: 16001 16002 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 16003 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 16004 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 16005 16006 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 16007 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 16008 // keyword. 16009 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 16010 16011 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 16012 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 16013 // PrevDecl. 16014 TagDecl *New; 16015 16016 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 16017 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 16018 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 16019 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 16020 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 16021 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 16022 16023 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 16024 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 16025 16026 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 16027 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 16028 TagDecl *Def; 16029 if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 16030 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 16031 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 16032 } 16033 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 16034 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 16035 << New; 16036 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16037 } else { 16038 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 16039 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 16040 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 16041 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16042 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 16043 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 16044 } 16045 } 16046 16047 if (EnumUnderlying) { 16048 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 16049 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 16050 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 16051 else 16052 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 16053 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 16054 assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete"); 16055 } 16056 } else { 16057 // struct/union/class 16058 16059 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 16060 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 16061 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16062 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 16063 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 16064 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 16065 16066 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 16067 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 16068 } else 16069 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 16070 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 16071 } 16072 16073 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 16074 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 16075 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 16076 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 16077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 16078 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 16079 Invalid = true; 16080 } 16081 16082 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && 16083 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { 16084 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) 16085 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 16086 Invalid = true; 16087 } 16088 16089 // Maybe add qualifier info. 16090 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 16091 if (SS.isSet()) { 16092 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 16093 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. 16094 if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 16095 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc, 16096 isMemberSpecialization)) 16097 Invalid = true; 16098 16099 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 16100 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 16101 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 16102 } 16103 } 16104 else 16105 Invalid = true; 16106 } 16107 16108 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 16109 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 16110 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 16111 // 16112 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 16113 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 16114 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 16115 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 16116 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 16117 // parsing of the struct). 16118 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 16119 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 16120 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 16121 } 16122 } 16123 16124 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 16125 if (isMemberSpecialization) 16126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 16127 << 2 16128 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 16129 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 16130 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 16131 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 16132 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 16133 New->setModulePrivate(); 16134 } 16135 16136 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 16137 // check the specialization. 16138 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 16139 Invalid = true; 16140 16141 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 16142 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 16143 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 16144 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 16145 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 16146 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16147 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 16148 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 16149 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 16150 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 16151 << Name; 16152 Invalid = true; 16153 } 16154 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 16155 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 16156 } 16157 } 16158 16159 if (Invalid) 16160 New->setInvalidDecl(); 16161 16162 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 16163 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 16164 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 16165 16166 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 16167 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 16168 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 16169 // the tag name visible. 16170 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 16171 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 16172 16173 // Set the access specifier. 16174 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 16175 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 16176 16177 if (PrevDecl) 16178 CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl); 16179 16180 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) 16181 New->startDefinition(); 16182 16183 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 16184 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 16185 16186 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 16187 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 16188 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 16189 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 16190 if (PrevDecl) 16191 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 16192 16193 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 16194 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 16195 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 16196 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 16197 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 16198 } else if (Name) { 16199 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 16200 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true); 16201 } else { 16202 CurContext->addDecl(New); 16203 } 16204 16205 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 16206 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 16207 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 16208 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 16209 II->isStr("FILE")) 16210 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 16211 16212 if (PrevDecl) 16213 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 16214 16215 if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New)) 16216 inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD); 16217 16218 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 16219 // record. 16220 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 16221 16222 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 16223 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 16224 16225 OwnedDecl = true; 16226 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 16227 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 16228 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16229 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 16230 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 16231 RD->completeDefinition(); 16232 return nullptr; 16233 } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) { 16234 return SkipBody->Previous; 16235 } else { 16236 return New; 16237 } 16238 } 16239 16240 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 16241 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 16242 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 16243 16244 // Enter the tag context. 16245 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 16246 16247 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 16248 16249 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 16250 // record. 16251 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 16252 } 16253 16254 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 16255 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 16256 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 16257 return false; 16258 16259 // Make the previous decl visible. 16260 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 16261 return true; 16262 } 16263 16264 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 16265 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 16266 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 16267 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 16268 assert(OCD->getLexicalParent() == CurContext && 16269 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 16270 CurContext = OCD; 16271 return IDecl; 16272 } 16273 16274 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 16275 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 16276 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 16277 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 16278 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 16279 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 16280 16281 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 16282 16283 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 16284 return; 16285 16286 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 16287 Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create( 16288 Context, FinalLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, 16289 static_cast<FinalAttr::Spelling>(IsFinalSpelledSealed))); 16290 16291 // C++ [class]p2: 16292 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 16293 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 16294 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 16295 // as if it were a public member name. 16296 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create( 16297 Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(), 16298 Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(), 16299 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 16300 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 16301 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 16302 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 16303 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 16304 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 16305 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 16306 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 16307 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 16308 "Broken injected-class-name"); 16309 } 16310 16311 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 16312 SourceRange BraceRange) { 16313 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 16314 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 16315 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 16316 16317 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 16318 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 16319 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 16320 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 16321 RD->completeDefinition(); 16322 } 16323 16324 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 16325 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 16326 } 16327 16328 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 16329 PopDeclContext(); 16330 16331 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 16332 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 16333 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 16334 16335 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 16336 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 16337 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 16338 } 16339 16340 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 16341 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 16342 PopDeclContext(); 16343 } 16344 16345 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 16346 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 16347 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 16348 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 16349 } 16350 16351 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 16352 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 16353 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 16354 } 16355 16356 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 16357 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 16358 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 16359 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 16360 16361 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 16362 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 16363 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 16364 RD->completeDefinition(); 16365 } 16366 16367 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 16368 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 16369 // the FieldCollector. 16370 16371 PopDeclContext(); 16372 } 16373 16374 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 16375 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 16376 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 16377 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 16378 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 16379 assert(BitWidth); 16380 if (BitWidth->containsErrors()) 16381 return ExprError(); 16382 16383 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 16384 if (ZeroWidth) 16385 *ZeroWidth = true; 16386 16387 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 16388 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 16389 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 16390 // Handle incomplete and sizeless types with a specific error. 16391 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, 16392 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) 16393 return ExprError(); 16394 if (FieldName) 16395 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 16396 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 16397 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 16398 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 16399 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 16400 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 16401 return ExprError(); 16402 16403 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 16404 // it now. 16405 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 16406 return BitWidth; 16407 16408 llvm::APSInt Value; 16409 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value, AllowFold); 16410 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 16411 return ICE; 16412 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 16413 16414 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 16415 *ZeroWidth = false; 16416 16417 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 16418 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 16419 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 16420 16421 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 16422 if (FieldName) 16423 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 16424 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 16425 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 16426 << Value.toString(10); 16427 } 16428 16429 // The size of the bit-field must not exceed our maximum permitted object 16430 // size. 16431 if (Value.getActiveBits() > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 16432 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_too_wide) 16433 << !FieldName << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 16434 } 16435 16436 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 16437 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 16438 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 16439 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 16440 16441 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 16442 // ABI. 16443 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 16444 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 16445 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 16446 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 16447 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 16448 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 16449 unsigned DiagWidth = 16450 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 16451 if (FieldName) 16452 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 16453 << FieldName << Value.toString(10) 16454 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 16455 16456 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 16457 << Value.toString(10) << !CStdConstraintViolation 16458 << DiagWidth; 16459 } 16460 16461 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 16462 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 16463 // 'bool'. 16464 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType() && FieldName) { 16465 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 16466 << FieldName << Value.toString(10) 16467 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 16468 } 16469 } 16470 16471 return BitWidth; 16472 } 16473 16474 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 16475 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 16476 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 16477 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 16478 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 16479 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 16480 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 16481 return Res; 16482 } 16483 16484 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 16485 /// 16486 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 16487 SourceLocation DeclStart, 16488 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 16489 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 16490 AccessSpecifier AS) { 16491 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 16492 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 16493 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 16494 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 16495 return nullptr; 16496 } 16497 16498 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 16499 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 16500 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 16501 16502 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 16503 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 16504 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16505 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 16506 16507 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 16508 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 16509 D.setInvalidType(); 16510 T = Context.IntTy; 16511 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 16512 } 16513 } 16514 16515 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 16516 16517 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 16518 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 16519 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 16520 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 16521 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 16522 diag::err_invalid_thread) 16523 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 16524 16525 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 16526 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 16527 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 16528 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 16529 LookupName(Previous, S); 16530 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 16531 case LookupResult::Found: 16532 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 16533 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 16534 break; 16535 16536 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 16537 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 16538 break; 16539 16540 case LookupResult::NotFound: 16541 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 16542 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 16543 break; 16544 } 16545 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 16546 16547 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 16548 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 16549 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 16550 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 16551 PrevDecl = nullptr; 16552 } 16553 16554 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 16555 PrevDecl = nullptr; 16556 16557 bool Mutable 16558 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 16559 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc(); 16560 FieldDecl *NewFD 16561 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 16562 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 16563 16564 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 16565 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16566 16567 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 16568 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 16569 16570 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 16571 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 16572 // with the same name in the same scope. 16573 } else if (II) { 16574 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 16575 } else 16576 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 16577 16578 return NewFD; 16579 } 16580 16581 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 16582 /// 16583 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 16584 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 16585 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 16586 /// created. 16587 /// 16588 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 16589 /// 16590 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 16591 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 16592 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 16593 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 16594 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 16595 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 16596 SourceLocation TSSL, 16597 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 16598 Declarator *D) { 16599 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 16600 bool InvalidDecl = false; 16601 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 16602 16603 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 16604 // marking this declaration as invalid. 16605 if (T.isNull() || T->containsErrors()) { 16606 InvalidDecl = true; 16607 T = Context.IntTy; 16608 } 16609 16610 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 16611 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && !EltTy->containsErrors()) { 16612 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Loc, EltTy, 16613 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) { 16614 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 16615 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16616 InvalidDecl = true; 16617 } else { 16618 NamedDecl *Def; 16619 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 16620 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 16621 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16622 InvalidDecl = true; 16623 } 16624 } 16625 } 16626 16627 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space 16628 if (T.hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || 16629 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { 16630 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 16631 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16632 InvalidDecl = true; 16633 } 16634 16635 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 16636 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 16637 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 16638 if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() || 16639 T->isBlockPointerType()) { 16640 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 16641 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16642 InvalidDecl = true; 16643 } 16644 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 16645 if (BitWidth) { 16646 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 16647 InvalidDecl = true; 16648 } 16649 } 16650 16651 // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229). 16652 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth && 16653 T.hasQualifiers()) { 16654 InvalidDecl = true; 16655 Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers); 16656 } 16657 16658 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 16659 // than a variably modified type. 16660 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 16661 bool SizeIsNegative; 16662 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 16663 16664 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 16665 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 16666 SizeIsNegative, 16667 Oversized); 16668 if (FixedTInfo) { 16669 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant); 16670 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 16671 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 16672 } else { 16673 if (SizeIsNegative) 16674 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 16675 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 16676 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 16677 << Oversized.toString(10); 16678 else 16679 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 16680 InvalidDecl = true; 16681 } 16682 } 16683 16684 // Fields can not have abstract class types 16685 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 16686 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 16687 AbstractFieldType)) 16688 InvalidDecl = true; 16689 16690 bool ZeroWidth = false; 16691 if (InvalidDecl) 16692 BitWidth = nullptr; 16693 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 16694 if (BitWidth) { 16695 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 16696 &ZeroWidth).get(); 16697 if (!BitWidth) { 16698 InvalidDecl = true; 16699 BitWidth = nullptr; 16700 ZeroWidth = false; 16701 } 16702 } 16703 16704 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 16705 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 16706 unsigned DiagID = 0; 16707 if (T->isReferenceType()) 16708 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 16709 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 16710 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 16711 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 16712 16713 if (DiagID) { 16714 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 16715 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 16716 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 16717 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 16718 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 16719 Mutable = false; 16720 InvalidDecl = true; 16721 } 16722 } 16723 } 16724 16725 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 16726 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 16727 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 16728 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 16729 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 16730 16731 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 16732 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 16733 if (InvalidDecl) 16734 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16735 16736 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16737 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 16738 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 16739 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16740 } 16741 16742 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16743 if (Record->isUnion()) { 16744 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16745 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 16746 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 16747 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 16748 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 16749 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 16750 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 16751 // objects. 16752 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 16753 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16754 } 16755 } 16756 16757 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 16758 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 16759 // enabled. 16760 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 16761 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 16762 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 16763 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 16764 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 16765 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 16766 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16767 } 16768 } 16769 } 16770 16771 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 16772 // representation, not a parser representation. 16773 if (D) { 16774 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 16775 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 16776 16777 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 16778 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 16779 } 16780 16781 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 16782 // retainable type. 16783 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 16784 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16785 16786 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 16787 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 16788 16789 // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as field types. 16790 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() && 16791 CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewFD->getLocation())) 16792 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16793 16794 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 16795 return NewFD; 16796 } 16797 16798 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 16799 assert(FD); 16800 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 16801 16802 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 16803 return false; 16804 16805 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 16806 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16807 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 16808 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 16809 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 16810 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 16811 // copy constructors. 16812 16813 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 16814 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 16815 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 16816 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 16817 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 16818 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 16819 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 16820 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 16821 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 16822 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 16823 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 16824 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 16825 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 16826 member = CXXDestructor; 16827 16828 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 16829 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 16830 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 16831 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 16832 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 16833 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 16834 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 16835 // members unavailable. 16836 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 16837 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 16838 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 16839 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 16840 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 16841 return false; 16842 } 16843 } 16844 16845 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 16846 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 16847 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 16848 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 16849 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 16850 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 16851 } 16852 } 16853 } 16854 16855 return false; 16856 } 16857 16858 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 16859 /// AST enum value. 16860 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 16861 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 16862 switch (ivarVisibility) { 16863 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 16864 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 16865 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 16866 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 16867 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 16868 } 16869 } 16870 16871 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 16872 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 16873 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 16874 SourceLocation DeclStart, 16875 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 16876 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 16877 16878 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 16879 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 16880 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 16881 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 16882 16883 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 16884 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 16885 16886 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 16887 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 16888 16889 if (BitWidth) { 16890 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 16891 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 16892 if (!BitWidth) 16893 D.setInvalidType(); 16894 } else { 16895 // Not a bitfield. 16896 16897 // validate II. 16898 16899 } 16900 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 16901 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 16902 D.setInvalidType(); 16903 } 16904 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 16905 // than a variably modified type. 16906 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 16907 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 16908 D.setInvalidType(); 16909 } 16910 16911 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 16912 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 16913 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 16914 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 16915 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 16916 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 16917 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 16918 return nullptr; 16919 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 16920 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 16921 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16922 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 16923 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 16924 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 16925 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 16926 } 16927 else 16928 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 16929 } else { 16930 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 16931 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16932 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 16933 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 16934 return nullptr; 16935 } 16936 } 16937 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 16938 } 16939 16940 // Construct the decl. 16941 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 16942 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 16943 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 16944 16945 if (II) { 16946 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 16947 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 16948 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 16949 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16950 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 16951 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 16952 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 16953 } 16954 } 16955 16956 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 16957 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 16958 16959 if (D.isInvalidType()) 16960 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 16961 16962 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 16963 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 16964 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 16965 16966 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 16967 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 16968 16969 if (II) { 16970 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 16971 // these to the interface. 16972 S->AddDecl(NewID); 16973 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 16974 } 16975 16976 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 16977 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 16978 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 16979 16980 return NewID; 16981 } 16982 16983 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 16984 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 16985 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 16986 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 16987 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 16988 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 16989 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 16990 return; 16991 16992 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 16993 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 16994 16995 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 16996 return; 16997 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 16998 if (!ID) { 16999 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 17000 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 17001 return; 17002 } 17003 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 17004 else 17005 return; 17006 } 17007 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 17008 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 17009 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 17010 17011 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 17012 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 17013 Context.CharTy, 17014 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 17015 DeclLoc), 17016 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 17017 true); 17018 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 17019 } 17020 17021 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 17022 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 17023 SourceLocation RBrac, 17024 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 17025 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 17026 17027 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 17028 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 17029 // it will now change. 17030 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17031 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 17032 switch (DC->getKind()) { 17033 default: break; 17034 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 17035 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 17036 break; 17037 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 17038 Context. 17039 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 17040 break; 17041 } 17042 } 17043 17044 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 17045 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 17046 17047 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 17048 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 17049 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 17050 if (Record) { 17051 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 17052 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 17053 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 17054 ++NumNamedMembers; 17055 } 17056 } 17057 17058 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 17059 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 17060 17061 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 17062 i != end; ++i) { 17063 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 17064 17065 // Get the type for the field. 17066 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 17067 17068 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 17069 // Remember all fields written by the user. 17070 RecFields.push_back(FD); 17071 } 17072 17073 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 17074 // diagnostics about it. 17075 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 17076 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17077 continue; 17078 } 17079 17080 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 17081 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 17082 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 17083 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 17084 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 17085 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 17086 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 17087 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 17088 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 17089 // array. 17090 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); 17091 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 17092 // Field declared as a function. 17093 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 17094 << FD->getDeclName(); 17095 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17096 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17097 continue; 17098 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && 17099 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { 17100 if (Record) { 17101 // Flexible array member. 17102 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 17103 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 17104 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 17105 unsigned DiagID = 0; 17106 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { 17107 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) 17108 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); 17109 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); 17110 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17111 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17112 continue; 17113 } else if (Record->isUnion()) 17114 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 17115 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 17116 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 17117 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 17118 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 17119 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 17120 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 17121 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 17122 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 17123 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 17124 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 17125 17126 if (DiagID) 17127 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 17128 << Record->getTagKind(); 17129 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 17130 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 17131 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 17132 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 17133 // of the type. 17134 if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0) 17135 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 17136 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 17137 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 17138 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 17139 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 17140 17141 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 17142 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 17143 // 17144 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 17145 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 17146 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 17147 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 17148 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 17149 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 17150 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17151 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17152 continue; 17153 } 17154 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 17155 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 17156 } else { 17157 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, 17158 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done 17159 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. 17160 } 17161 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 17162 RequireCompleteSizedType( 17163 FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 17164 diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) { 17165 // Incomplete type 17166 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17167 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 17168 continue; 17169 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 17170 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 17171 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 17172 // flexible array member. 17173 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 17174 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 17175 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 17176 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 17177 // structures. 17178 if (!IsLastField) 17179 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 17180 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 17181 else { 17182 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 17183 // other structs as an extension. 17184 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 17185 << FD->getDeclName(); 17186 } 17187 } 17188 } 17189 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 17190 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 17191 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 17192 AbstractIvarType)) { 17193 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 17194 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 17195 } 17196 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 17197 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 17198 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 17199 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 17200 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 17201 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 17202 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 17203 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 17204 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 17205 FD->setType(T); 17206 } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() && 17207 FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() && 17208 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) && 17209 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() && 17210 (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 17211 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) { 17212 // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system 17213 // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked 17214 // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can 17215 // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but 17216 // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under 17217 // ARC. 17218 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit( 17219 Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, 17220 FD->getLocation())); 17221 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 17222 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && Record && 17223 !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 17224 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 17225 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 17226 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 17227 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 17228 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 17229 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 17230 BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 17231 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 17232 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 17233 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 17234 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 17235 } 17236 } 17237 17238 if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 17239 !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) { 17240 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 17241 if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) { 17242 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true); 17243 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 17244 Record->isUnion()) 17245 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true); 17246 } 17247 QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(); 17248 if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) { 17249 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true); 17250 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion()) 17251 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true); 17252 } 17253 if (FT.isDestructedType()) { 17254 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true); 17255 Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true); 17256 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion()) 17257 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true); 17258 } 17259 17260 if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) { 17261 if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() == 17262 RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs) 17263 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 17264 } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) 17265 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 17266 } 17267 17268 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 17269 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 17270 // Keep track of the number of named members. 17271 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 17272 ++NumNamedMembers; 17273 } 17274 17275 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 17276 if (Record) { 17277 bool Completed = false; 17278 if (CXXRecord) { 17279 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 17280 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 17281 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 17282 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 17283 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 17284 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 17285 } 17286 17287 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 17288 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 17289 17290 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 17291 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 17292 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 17293 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 17294 // problem now. 17295 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 17296 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 17297 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 17298 17299 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 17300 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 17301 M != MEnd; ++M) { 17302 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 17303 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 17304 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 17305 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 17306 "Virtual function without overriding functions?"); 17307 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 17308 continue; 17309 17310 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 17311 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 17312 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 17313 // program is ill-formed. 17314 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 17315 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 17316 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 17317 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 17318 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 17319 OM = SO->second.begin(), 17320 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 17321 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 17322 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 17323 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 17324 17325 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 17326 } 17327 } 17328 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 17329 Completed = true; 17330 } 17331 } 17332 } 17333 } 17334 17335 if (!Completed) 17336 Record->completeDefinition(); 17337 17338 // Handle attributes before checking the layout. 17339 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs); 17340 17341 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 17342 if (CXXRecord) { 17343 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 17344 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 17345 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { 17346 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); 17347 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 17348 } 17349 } 17350 17351 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 17352 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 17353 17354 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 17355 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 17356 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 17357 IA->getInheritanceModel()); 17358 } 17359 17360 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 17361 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 17362 // compatibility problems. 17363 bool CheckForZeroSize; 17364 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 17365 CheckForZeroSize = true; 17366 } else { 17367 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 17368 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 17369 CheckForZeroSize = 17370 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 17371 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && !inTemplateInstantiation() && 17372 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 17373 } 17374 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 17375 bool ZeroSize = true; 17376 bool IsEmpty = true; 17377 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 17378 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 17379 E = Record->field_end(); 17380 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 17381 IsEmpty = false; 17382 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 17383 if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 17384 ZeroSize = false; 17385 } else { 17386 ++NonBitFields; 17387 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 17388 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 17389 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 17390 ZeroSize = false; 17391 } 17392 } 17393 17394 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 17395 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 17396 // extern "C" block. 17397 if (ZeroSize) { 17398 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 17399 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 17400 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 17401 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 17402 } 17403 17404 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 17405 // but are accepted by GCC. 17406 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 17407 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 17408 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 17409 << Record->isUnion(); 17410 } 17411 } 17412 } else { 17413 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 17414 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 17415 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17416 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 17417 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 17418 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17419 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 17420 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 17421 } 17422 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 17423 // duplicates. 17424 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 17425 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 17426 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 17427 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17428 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 17429 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 17430 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 17431 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 17432 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 17433 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 17434 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 17435 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 17436 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 17437 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 17438 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 17439 // reported as errors elsewhere. 17440 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 17441 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 17442 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 17443 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 17444 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 17445 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17446 if (IDecl) { 17447 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 17448 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 17449 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 17450 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 17451 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 17452 continue; 17453 } 17454 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 17455 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 17456 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 17457 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 17458 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 17459 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 17460 continue; 17461 } 17462 } 17463 } 17464 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 17465 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 17466 } 17467 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 17468 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 17469 } 17470 } 17471 } 17472 17473 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 17474 /// the given type T. 17475 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 17476 llvm::APSInt &Value, 17477 QualType T) { 17478 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) && 17479 "Integral type required!"); 17480 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 17481 17482 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 17483 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 17484 --BitWidth; 17485 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 17486 } 17487 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 17488 } 17489 17490 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 17491 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 17492 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 17493 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 17494 // enum checking below. 17495 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || 17496 T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!"); 17497 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 17498 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 17499 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 17500 }; 17501 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 17502 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 17503 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 17504 }; 17505 17506 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 17507 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 17508 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 17509 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 17510 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 17511 return Types[I]; 17512 17513 return QualType(); 17514 } 17515 17516 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 17517 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 17518 SourceLocation IdLoc, 17519 IdentifierInfo *Id, 17520 Expr *Val) { 17521 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 17522 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 17523 QualType EltTy; 17524 17525 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 17526 Val = nullptr; 17527 17528 if (Val) 17529 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 17530 17531 if (Val) { 17532 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 17533 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 17534 else { 17535 // FIXME: We don't allow folding in C++11 mode for an enum with a fixed 17536 // underlying type, but do allow it in all other contexts. 17537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) { 17538 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 17539 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 17540 // constant expression of the underlying type. 17541 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17542 ExprResult Converted = 17543 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 17544 CCEK_Enumerator); 17545 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 17546 Val = nullptr; 17547 else 17548 Val = Converted.get(); 17549 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 17550 !(Val = 17551 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal, AllowFold) 17552 .get())) { 17553 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 17554 } else { 17555 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 17556 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17557 17558 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 17559 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 17560 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 17561 // expression checking. 17562 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 17563 if (Context.getTargetInfo() 17564 .getTriple() 17565 .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) { 17566 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 17567 } else { 17568 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 17569 } 17570 } 17571 17572 // Cast to the underlying type. 17573 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 17574 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean 17575 : CK_IntegralCast) 17576 .get(); 17577 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 17578 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 17579 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 17580 // is the type of its initializing value: 17581 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 17582 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 17583 EltTy = Val->getType(); 17584 } else { 17585 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 17586 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 17587 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 17588 // representable as an int. 17589 17590 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 17591 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 17592 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 17593 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 17594 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 17595 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 17596 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 17597 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 17598 } 17599 EltTy = Val->getType(); 17600 } 17601 } 17602 } 17603 } 17604 17605 if (!Val) { 17606 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 17607 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 17608 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 17609 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 17610 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 17611 // is the type of its initializing value: 17612 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 17613 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 17614 // 17615 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 17616 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 17617 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 17618 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17619 } 17620 else { 17621 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 17622 } 17623 } else { 17624 // Assign the last value + 1. 17625 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 17626 ++EnumVal; 17627 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 17628 17629 // Check for overflow on increment. 17630 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 17631 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 17632 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 17633 // is the type of its initializing value: 17634 // 17635 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 17636 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 17637 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 17638 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 17639 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 17640 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 17641 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 17642 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 17643 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 17644 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 17645 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 17646 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 17647 ++EnumVal; 17648 if (Enum->isFixed()) 17649 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 17650 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 17651 << EnumVal.toString(10) 17652 << EltTy; 17653 else 17654 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 17655 << EnumVal.toString(10); 17656 } else { 17657 EltTy = T; 17658 } 17659 17660 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 17661 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 17662 // value, then increment. 17663 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 17664 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 17665 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 17666 ++EnumVal; 17667 17668 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 17669 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 17670 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 17671 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 17672 // integral type. 17673 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 17674 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 17675 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 17676 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 17677 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 17678 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 17679 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 17680 } 17681 } 17682 } 17683 17684 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 17685 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 17686 // enumerator's type. 17687 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 17688 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 17689 } 17690 17691 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 17692 Val, EnumVal); 17693 } 17694 17695 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 17696 SourceLocation IILoc) { 17697 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 17698 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17699 return SkipBodyInfo(); 17700 17701 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 17702 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 17703 // skip the body. 17704 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 17705 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 17706 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 17707 if (!PrevECD) 17708 return SkipBodyInfo(); 17709 17710 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 17711 NamedDecl *Hidden; 17712 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 17713 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 17714 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 17715 return Skip; 17716 } 17717 17718 return SkipBodyInfo(); 17719 } 17720 17721 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 17722 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 17723 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, 17724 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 17725 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 17726 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 17727 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 17728 17729 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 17730 // we find one that is. 17731 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 17732 17733 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 17734 // scope. 17735 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration); 17736 LookupName(R, S); 17737 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 17738 17739 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 17740 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 17741 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 17742 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 17743 PrevDecl = nullptr; 17744 } 17745 17746 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 17747 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 17748 // different from T: 17749 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 17750 // enumerated type 17751 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 17752 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 17753 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 17754 17755 EnumConstantDecl *New = 17756 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 17757 if (!New) 17758 return nullptr; 17759 17760 if (PrevDecl) { 17761 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 17762 // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled. 17763 CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R); 17764 } 17765 17766 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 17767 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 17768 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 17769 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 17770 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 17771 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 17772 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 17773 else 17774 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 17775 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 17776 return nullptr; 17777 } 17778 } 17779 17780 // Process attributes. 17781 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 17782 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 17783 17784 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 17785 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 17786 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 17787 17788 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 17789 17790 return New; 17791 } 17792 17793 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 17794 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 17795 // Element2 = Element1 17796 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 17797 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 17798 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 17799 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 17800 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 17801 if (!InitExpr) 17802 return true; 17803 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 17804 17805 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 17806 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 17807 return true; 17808 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 17809 if (!IL) 17810 return true; 17811 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 17812 return true; 17813 17814 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 17815 } 17816 17817 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 17818 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 17819 if (!DRE) 17820 return true; 17821 17822 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 17823 if (!EnumConstant) 17824 return true; 17825 17826 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 17827 Enum) 17828 return true; 17829 17830 return false; 17831 } 17832 17833 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 17834 // a previous element has already been set to. 17835 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 17836 EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) { 17837 // Avoid anonymous enums 17838 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 17839 return; 17840 17841 // Only check for small enums. 17842 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 17843 return; 17844 17845 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 17846 return; 17847 17848 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 17849 typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector; 17850 17851 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 17852 17853 // DenseMaps cannot contain the all ones int64_t value, so use unordered_map. 17854 typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap; 17855 17856 // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for map keys. 17857 auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) { 17858 llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal(); 17859 return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(); 17860 }; 17861 17862 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 17863 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 17864 17865 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 17866 // an initializer. 17867 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 17868 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 17869 17870 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 17871 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 17872 if (!ECD) { 17873 return; 17874 } 17875 17876 // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop. 17877 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 17878 continue; 17879 17880 // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop. 17881 EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD}); 17882 } 17883 17884 if (EnumMap.size() == 0) 17885 return; 17886 17887 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 17888 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 17889 // The last loop returned if any constant was null. 17890 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 17891 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 17892 continue; 17893 17894 auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD)); 17895 if (Iter == EnumMap.end()) 17896 continue; 17897 17898 DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second; 17899 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 17900 // Ensure constants are different. 17901 if (D == ECD) 17902 continue; 17903 17904 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 17905 auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>(); 17906 Vec->push_back(D); 17907 Vec->push_back(ECD); 17908 17909 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 17910 Entry = Vec.get(); 17911 17912 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 17913 // diagnostics. 17914 DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec)); 17915 continue; 17916 } 17917 17918 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 17919 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 17920 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 17921 continue; 17922 17923 Vec->push_back(ECD); 17924 } 17925 17926 // Emit diagnostics. 17927 for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) { 17928 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 17929 17930 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 17931 auto *FirstECD = Vec->front(); 17932 S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 17933 << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 17934 << FirstECD->getSourceRange(); 17935 17936 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 17937 // the same value. 17938 for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end())) 17939 S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 17940 << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 17941 << ECD->getSourceRange(); 17942 } 17943 } 17944 17945 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 17946 bool AllowMask) const { 17947 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 17948 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 17949 17950 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 17951 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 17952 17953 if (R.second) { 17954 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 17955 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 17956 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 17957 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 17958 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 17959 } 17960 } 17961 17962 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 17963 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 17964 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 17965 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 17966 // 17967 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 17968 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 17969 // likely a logic error. 17970 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 17971 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 17972 } 17973 17974 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 17975 Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, 17976 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 17977 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 17978 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 17979 17980 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs); 17981 17982 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 17983 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17984 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 17985 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 17986 if (!ECD) continue; 17987 17988 ECD->setType(EnumType); 17989 } 17990 17991 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 17992 return; 17993 } 17994 17995 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 17996 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 17997 // emit a warning. 17998 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 17999 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 18000 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 18001 18002 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 18003 // reverse the list. 18004 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 18005 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 18006 18007 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 18008 bool AllElementsInt = true; 18009 18010 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 18011 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 18012 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 18013 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 18014 18015 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 18016 18017 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 18018 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 18019 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 18020 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 18021 else 18022 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 18023 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 18024 18025 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common). 18026 if (AllElementsInt) 18027 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 18028 } 18029 18030 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 18031 QualType BestType; 18032 unsigned BestWidth; 18033 18034 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 18035 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 18036 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 18037 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 18038 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 18039 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 18040 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 18041 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 18042 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 18043 QualType BestPromotionType; 18044 18045 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 18046 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 18047 // enum definitions. 18048 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 18049 Packed = true; 18050 18051 // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the 18052 // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators. 18053 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 18054 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 18055 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 18056 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 18057 else 18058 BestPromotionType = BestType; 18059 18060 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 18061 } 18062 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 18063 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 18064 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 18065 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 18066 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 18067 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 18068 BestWidth = CharWidth; 18069 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 18070 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 18071 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 18072 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 18073 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 18074 BestType = Context.IntTy; 18075 BestWidth = IntWidth; 18076 } else { 18077 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 18078 18079 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 18080 BestType = Context.LongTy; 18081 } else { 18082 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 18083 18084 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 18085 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 18086 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 18087 } 18088 } 18089 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 18090 } else { 18091 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 18092 // all of the enumerator values. 18093 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 18094 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 18095 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 18096 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 18097 BestWidth = CharWidth; 18098 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 18099 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 18100 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 18101 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 18102 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 18103 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 18104 BestWidth = IntWidth; 18105 BestPromotionType 18106 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18107 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 18108 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 18109 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 18110 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 18111 BestPromotionType 18112 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18113 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 18114 } else { 18115 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 18116 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 18117 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 18118 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 18119 BestPromotionType 18120 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18121 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 18122 } 18123 } 18124 18125 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 18126 // the type of the enum if needed. 18127 for (auto *D : Elements) { 18128 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 18129 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 18130 18131 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 18132 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 18133 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 18134 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 18135 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 18136 18137 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 18138 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 18139 18140 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 18141 // the enum decl type. 18142 QualType NewTy; 18143 unsigned NewWidth; 18144 bool NewSign; 18145 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 18146 !Enum->isFixed() && 18147 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 18148 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 18149 NewWidth = IntWidth; 18150 NewSign = true; 18151 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 18152 // Already the right type! 18153 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18154 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 18155 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 18156 // enumeration. 18157 ECD->setType(EnumType); 18158 continue; 18159 } else { 18160 NewTy = BestType; 18161 NewWidth = BestWidth; 18162 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 18163 } 18164 18165 // Adjust the APSInt value. 18166 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 18167 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 18168 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 18169 18170 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 18171 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 18172 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 18173 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create( 18174 Context, NewTy, CK_IntegralCast, ECD->getInitExpr(), 18175 /*base paths*/ nullptr, VK_RValue, FPOptionsOverride())); 18176 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 18177 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 18178 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 18179 // enumeration. 18180 ECD->setType(EnumType); 18181 else 18182 ECD->setType(NewTy); 18183 } 18184 18185 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 18186 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 18187 18188 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 18189 18190 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 18191 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 18192 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 18193 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 18194 18195 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 18196 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 18197 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 18198 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 18199 << ECD << Enum; 18200 } 18201 } 18202 18203 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 18204 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 18205 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 18206 } 18207 18208 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 18209 SourceLocation StartLoc, 18210 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 18211 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 18212 18213 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 18214 AsmString, StartLoc, 18215 EndLoc); 18216 CurContext->addDecl(New); 18217 return New; 18218 } 18219 18220 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 18221 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 18222 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 18223 SourceLocation NameLoc, 18224 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 18225 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 18226 LookupOrdinaryName); 18227 AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc), 18228 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma); 18229 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit( 18230 Context, AliasName->getName(), /*LiteralLabel=*/true, Info); 18231 18232 // If a declaration that: 18233 // 1) declares a function or a variable 18234 // 2) has external linkage 18235 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 18236 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 18237 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 18238 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 18239 else 18240 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 18241 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 18242 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 18243 } else 18244 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 18245 } 18246 18247 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 18248 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 18249 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 18250 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 18251 18252 if (PrevDecl) { 18253 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 18254 } else { 18255 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 18256 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 18257 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 18258 } 18259 } 18260 18261 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 18262 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 18263 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 18264 SourceLocation NameLoc, 18265 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 18266 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 18267 LookupOrdinaryName); 18268 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 18269 18270 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 18271 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 18272 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 18273 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 18274 } else { 18275 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 18276 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 18277 } 18278 } 18279 18280 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 18281 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 18282 } 18283 18284 Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus Sema::getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *FD, 18285 bool Final) { 18286 // SYCL functions can be template, so we check if they have appropriate 18287 // attribute prior to checking if it is a template. 18288 if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice && FD->hasAttr<SYCLKernelAttr>()) 18289 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18290 18291 // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated. 18292 if (FD->isDependentContext()) 18293 return FunctionEmissionStatus::TemplateDiscarded; 18294 18295 FunctionEmissionStatus OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown; 18296 if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice) { 18297 Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy = 18298 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl()); 18299 if (DevTy.hasValue()) { 18300 if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host) 18301 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded; 18302 else if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost || 18303 *DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Any) { 18304 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18305 } 18306 } 18307 } else if (LangOpts.OpenMP) { 18308 // In OpenMP 4.5 all the functions are host functions. 18309 if (LangOpts.OpenMP <= 45) { 18310 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18311 } else { 18312 Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy = 18313 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl()); 18314 // In OpenMP 5.0 or above, DevTy may be changed later by 18315 // #pragma omp declare target to(*) device_type(*). Therefore DevTy 18316 // having no value does not imply host. The emission status will be 18317 // checked again at the end of compilation unit. 18318 if (DevTy.hasValue()) { 18319 if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost) { 18320 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded; 18321 } else if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host || 18322 *DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Any) 18323 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18324 } else if (Final) 18325 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18326 } 18327 } 18328 if (OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded || 18329 (OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted && !LangOpts.CUDA)) 18330 return OMPES; 18331 18332 if (LangOpts.CUDA) { 18333 // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted. Similarly, 18334 // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted. 18335 // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this 18336 // doesn't count for our purposes here.) 18337 Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD); 18338 if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host) 18339 return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded; 18340 if (!LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && 18341 (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global)) 18342 return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded; 18343 18344 // Check whether this function is externally visible -- if so, it's 18345 // known-emitted. 18346 // 18347 // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we 18348 // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will 18349 // be emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline". 18350 FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition(); 18351 18352 if (Def && 18353 !isDiscardableGVALinkage(getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def)) 18354 && (!LangOpts.OpenMP || OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted)) 18355 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 18356 } 18357 18358 // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of 18359 // known-emitted functions. 18360 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown; 18361 } 18362 18363 bool Sema::shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee) { 18364 // Host-side references to a __global__ function refer to the stub, so the 18365 // function itself is never emitted and therefore should not be marked. 18366 // If we have host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, the HD function 18367 // does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by omitting at the 18368 // call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures that, when compiling 18369 // for host, only HD functions actually called from the host get marked as 18370 // known-emitted. 18371 return LangOpts.CUDA && !LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && 18372 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) == CFT_Global; 18373 } 18374